Military History Books
by Harold A. Skaarup   www.SilverHawkAuthor.com   
 
Visitors: Questions and Answers (Book)

 Visitors, Questions & Answers

Suppose you could communicate with a visitor who was not from this place, time, space or even this dimension? What would you want to ask them? The answers probably lie in what our own response would be if we were them. Visitors, Questions & Answers is based on a collection of interviews I have had with a few individuals who may have actually had such an experience. The idea is that if enough of us are ready to ask the questions and gain the answers, then our collective knowledge and understanding of the "multiverse" about us can only continue to be enhanced. Sometimes the responses that you will read here are similar; often they are diametrically opposed to each other. An open but highly skeptical mind is extremely necessary if you are going to sift through the data that is presented in this book. The intent is that it should peak your curiosity to learn more about "visitors." In this way, we may be better informed and prepared, and thus in some sort of coherent shape to deal with their arrival. If you read Visitors, Questions & Answers, you must be well prepared to choose for yourself what you will or will not believe.

Order Book (Soft Cover): http://bookstore.iuniverse.com/Products/SKU-000004699/Visitors.aspx

Order Book (Hard Cover): http://bookstore.iuniverse.com/Products/SKU-000004867/Visitors.aspx

Order in Canada: paperback http://www.chapters.indigo.ca/books/Visitors-Questions-and-Answers-Harold-A-Skaarup/9780595133284-item.html?ikwid=harold+skaarup&ikwsec=Books

E-book: http://www.kobobooks.com/ebook/Visitors/book-NK_X0xf-Pk6NbR4Gsw9PvQ/page1.html?utm_source=indigo&utm_medium=web&utm_campaign=retailer&ikwid=harold+skaarup&ikwsec=Books

Hardcover: http://www.chapters.indigo.ca/books/Visitors-Questions-Answers-Harold-A-Skaarup/9780595747696-item.html?ikwid=harold+skaarup&ikwsec=Books

http://www.amazon.ca/Visitors-Questions-Answers-Harold-Skaarup/dp/0595133282/ref=sr_1_6?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1322342181&sr=1-6

Nook book: http://www.barnesandnoble.com/w/visitors-harold-skaarup/1112408606?ean=9781462047970&itm=89&USRI=Harold+Skaarup

Artwork by the author

Visitors, Questions & Answers

Preface

The founding premise of this book is that “nothing is by accident.”  Therefore, you may need to ask yourself the following questions.  “What lessons am I to learn from who and what I am going to encounter?  Am I helping or hindering a resolution to any given situation that I may find myself in?  For that matter, am I rescuing or “saving” someone from something, or am I simply meddling or interfering?  What is it that needs to take place in order to achieve a successful resolution to the problem question posed in any given situation presented here, and what needs to be left well enough alone?  More specifically, what comes from the shadow places, what comes from the light, and do I have the skills to discern the difference?  These sorts of questions are applicable no matter how unusual the situation or circumstances you might possibly find yourself in when it comes to dealing with visitors.  Make the most of whatever opportunities you may encounter, and should you find answers to the questions posed here, please share them.

Interesting and unusual events occur throughout all of our lives.  Whenever and wherever they happen, I have found it to be a valuable lesson and a good idea to conduct an intensive personal inward look at oneself about the nature of the things that have taken place.  The key question usually centers on how it was that the events came to pass the way they did, and what it is that they mean for the future.  I prefer to examine the origin of a particular event (or the cause of it), at its source, by going upstream to the key point and place in time to where and when the event began.  Perhaps you conduct the same sort of investigations yourself.  If so, then I would suspect that you have asked many of the same kinds of questions you will find posed to the visitors in this book.  Perhaps you have already connected a series of the dots in the threaded line of questions, and come up with some useful conclusions of your own.  In this sense, I would like to ask you the following question.  Have you ever had the feeling that someone (or something) was trying to tell you something? 

My hope is that this book will leave you with some possible answers to this question.  Perhaps some or all of the “seemingly unconnected” events that you have no doubt experienced in your life do have a specific connection.  Perhaps nothing is by accident, and even more likely, you have been aware when it has been so.  Perhaps, like me, you have wondered if the purpose of the visitor’s arrival has been for a variety of reasons, some for a higher purpose, others possibly not.  The material I have presented here is aimed at showing as many sides of the visitors as possible. You will find a fair number of quotations here, for and against many sides of the possible answer.  You must choose for yourself which of the many possible visitor scenarios is unfolding. 

At the end of this book, it is also my intent that you ask yourself whether you have possibly been affected in some way by visits, or strange events that didn’t seem connected at the time but in hindsight do now.  Did these events that unfolded before you happen in the way that they were supposed to happen?  Could “things” have been played out differently?  Were you “the bridge” or catalyst to help move things forward, and if so, how, where, when, what and why?

These kinds of questions and many of the possible answers that can be found are presented here as they have been given to me.  I have found myself asking whether I have had the time (or the presence of mind) to ask for appropriate guidance before responding to, or reacting to, the comments and responses posed to the questions I have asked.  Most often I have found that gut instinct is the best form of guidance, and in general, it continues to be spontaneously provided.  As has been said by others in another place and time, “when the time is right, you will be provided with the wisdom and with the direction you need to see things through, whatever the processes and end results may be.”

For my part, I would like to know, “what comes next?”  I therefore watch from the inside while taking part on the outside, because in my experience, there is always “more to follow.”  Perhaps you do the same.  I have also found that in most experiences, there is a lesson to be learned.  What is important is that one learn from the lesson being taught, and that you apply the Lessons Learned to the next task you are assigned (and don’t make the same mistake twice).  It is very important to understand, however, that if you don’t ask the questions, you may never learn the answers.  It is always a good idea to take very careful notes and to record the details of any particularly interesting experience (or visit) which you may encounter.  Once you have examined the experience from all possible angles you too may realize that, as I said at the beginning, nothing is by accident.  What then, is the bottom line?  As far as I have been shown, we are guided in all that we do.  We all have a purpose, and sometimes a mission to accomplish.  The challenges posed are for our growth.  When it is deemed to be necessary, we will be advised and guided to the best response, although quite often it will be instinctive, or intuitive.  This is what permits those of us who are on this planet to sleep in peace, even when there are unexpected "Visitors".

What is a visitor?

For the purpose of this book, a visitor may fall into the same category as an “alien.”  An alien is defined in the Oxford dictionary as “relating to or denoting beings from other worlds – or more specifically, a being from another world.”[5]  I would prefer to use the term “visitor” because I believe that it more accurately refers to those entities who come from somewhere (or some when) else, and who are here “making a visit.”  Other dictionaries have defined the word visitor as a variant of the word “visitant,” which can be interpreted to mean “supernatural,” rather than a human visitor.[6]  I will leave it to the reader to decide which category to place them in.”  I should also add that Webster’s dictionary defines visitors as “belonging to another country or people.”  An alien can be “strange, not natural,” or, “a hypothetical being from outer space, as in science fiction, that visits or invades the Earth.”[7] 

Perhaps they are not from here, and then again, perhaps they have always been here.  Nothing is fixed in stone, and yet nothing is by accident.  If you can accept that, then you might find the following material to be of interest.

Being Prepared for the Unexpected

Unexpected opportunities have been known to happen when a person least expects them to.  Suppose you could communicate with a visitor, someone not from this place, time space or even this dimension?  What would you want to ask them?  What would you want to know, and what do you think they would want to ask and to know about you?  Now of course there are the obvious questions, such as who are they, what are they, where are they from, and how and when did they get here, but wouldn’t it be more important to know why it was that they came?  The answers probably lie in what our own response would be if we were in their position.  Imagine your response if you were asked why it was that we would want to come here or go there, and what would we want to know when we got there?

I have thought about the possibility of an encounter with a visitor for some time, although to the best of my knowledge I have not had this experience.  In the process, however, I have compiled a draft list of questions that I felt would help me to be better prepared for the meeting should the unexpected opportunity arrive.  I have read about, and perhaps met a few individuals who have claimed that they have actually had such an encounter or experience.  There may actually be many, although this I honestly don’t know.  Technically, most of these experiencers have likely had what are generally called “close encounters.”

When I have crossed the path of “experiencers” who claim to have had such an encounter and who have been willing to share their stories, I have attempted to record their stories and to compare the information gleaned.  Often the information has been conflicting, or at odds with what is known or accepted.  Sometimes, however, the observations that have been related to me by the “experiencers,” have been very similar in their details.  This of course has provided me with much food for thought on what is real, what has been imagined, what has been dreamed, and what has actually taken place.  Often the details of one person’s story have over-lapped or blurred into another account by a different observer, and the dividing line becomes very unclear.  In this account, where the stories are similar, they are blended, and where they are radically different they are presented as separate entries.  Because of the great variety of some of the responses, I have had to continuously refine my list of possible questions to ask the visitors, should the opportunity ever arise to pose them.

Almost every answer to a question generated about visitors results in a quest for more information.  In other words, every answer gleaned seems to lead to many more questions (usually on a scale of one to three).  Therefore, as you will see, it is necessary to continuously modify the questions and in turn keep the draft list constantly updated.  The list could be endless, in the eyes of many, for there are as many possibilities for points of discussion as there are people who have a desire to learn.  This list barely scratches the surface of the possible questions any one individual might have about the humanistic, scientific and historical possibilities one could touch on.  Perhaps you have a list of your own that is as long and inclusive of things of interest to you.  Your list might logically include many questions on things that have not occurred to me or to others to ask, based on your different interests.  Obviously, many of the questions that I hope to ask, and the kinds of responses that I am looking for, may not be of interest to others.  Those questions and your list would, of course, be could grist for another story.  My feeling is that if enough of us are ready to ask the questions, and should we win the opportunity to be provided with the answers, then our collective knowledge and understanding of the “multiverse” about us can only continue to be enhanced.

Based on discussions I have had with a number of highly gifted individuals who have been granted the ability to “channel,” I have attempted to compose a story that encapsulates the numerous bits of “outside information” that I have been provided, and to write them down for your perusal here.  The material that is found in this book is basically conducted in the form of a running interview.  I have used a great number of what my friend’s tell me is a “never-ending” series of questions as the “straw man” on which this book about visitors is built.  I have also added a few quotes from others who have written on the subject, for comparison purposes.  The majority of the material you will find presented here requires the application of a healthy dose of inquiring skepticism to deal with, particularly when the answers at times conflict (which is more often than not).  In any event, you must judge the value of the material presented here and make use of the first rule.  “Think for yourself.”

Five Incredible People

Over the years that I have been making inquiries and while carrying out a great deal of research on projects that are not necessarily related, I have managed to meet or be introduced to a number of gifted people.  Most of them I know or have met in person, but also some I also came into contact with through the Internet and telephone.  There are basically five key individuals I have spoken with, often in some detail, who have been generous enough to share their thoughts and perceptions on the subject of visitors.  I would therefore first like to tell you something about these special people and why they are the main sources for these interviews.

I have attempted to provide the particular point of view for each of these five people, because of the general similarity in their responses.  Quite often they would also provide highly varied or radically opposite responses to some of my questions, but the quality and accuracy they provide has a solid “feel” to it (this is my “Duck Theory” at play).  It has been my experience in interviews (and military debriefings), that no two people necessarily see the same thing in exactly the same way, and therefore one person’s opinion or response is no less valid than another person’s, even if the information provided is vastly different.  As you will see, however, more often than not the replies provided by my five friends have a similar theme.  Out these various different responses, a general picture begins to emerge.  I would basically sum up the drift of the information collected here as follows:  “The visitors are here.  They are of a wide variety of different types, and they have many different reasons for being here.”

Carl Sagan suggested that, “The realization that such beings exist and that, as the evolutionary process requires, they must be very different from us, would have a striking implication: Whatever differences divide us down here on Earth are trivial compared to the differences between any one of us, and any of them.  Maybe it’s a long shot, but the discovery of ET intelligence might play a role in unifying our squabbling and divided planet.  It would be the last of the Great Demotions, a rite of passage for our species and a transforming event in the ancient quest to discover our place in the Universe.”[14]

Within the group of five, I would like to introduce Mac first.  Marianne was a co-worker who introduced me to her husband Mac.  Mac was the first of the people I was to meet that had the gift of “channeling,” although he told me that some of its side effects weren’t necessarily considered a gift when he first began to have the experience of being visited.  I refer to the material provided by him as specifically coming through “Mac” throughout the text.  Mac is someone who is also in contact with those from another time and place, and from time to time he will experience “a severe headache,” which to him is a form of someone knocking on the door to his inner self.  When he permits it, he is “visited” by what appear to be channeled entities who often have a specific agenda and questions of their own.  He and his wife Marianne have kindly permitted me to pose a great number of my questions to these visitors, and in turn they have provided me with some insightful replies.

I first met up with Norman on the net.  He is a teacher in addition to his many other skills and abilities.  Norm is in many respects a person who either retains his memories from other times, other lives and other places, or he is in direct contact with a number of entities from the same (or different) continuum or dimension, however you would choose to describe it.  I refer to the material channeled through him and presented in this book throughout, as coming from “Norm.” 

I was first introduced to Donna by a close friend named Aria.  (Aria can only be described as a truly gifted Angel of “Healing.”)  Donna has the clearest gift of the group in terms of being able to go into formal “channel,” and for those who would like to contact her, she has a practice in Fredericton, New Brunswick, Canada. (She can be reached via e-mail at dsomer@fundy.net).  Donna is a highly gifted channel who is able to reach far out into the vast ocean of the “continuum” to gain insight into the questions asked of her, and to return a response in the form of voices that to me appear to come from another time and place.  I have asked her whether “the guides” could offer me some specific advice on what to include in this book, and they have responded through her as follows:

In this we see very clearly that you are to be…truthful, but compassionate.  This book is not meant to inspire fear, but to inspire camaraderie.  Be aware of that intention, so that as you present us to them, they are not frightened by what they hear of us.  This does not mean you do not paint us as truthful.  We have our positives and our negatives.  We are beings as all others, and wish to be presented in an even flow of beingness, which is our negatives and our positives, but…be equally dramatic with both.  Blessings.”[15]

Tashni is from the same region and a free thinker as well.  During our first telephone conversation she somehow instantly tuned in to “another place” and the conversation screamed down a widely different track from the “hello, how are you” variety.  Although from the beginning we have often had radically different views on the purposes of the visitors here, I have found that her view is often quite unique (if not downright contrary) in comparison with the others.  Contrast is good, and as you may have noted, I value the opinions of people who think for themselves.  You will hear much more from her in this book.  Tashni appears to be the most sensitive of my friends the visitors and she feels that they are present with us always.  She has also consented to sharing her observations on them with me from time to time.  Quite clearly, Tashni and I have a number of major differences of opinion about the intent of the visitors.  I believe that some of them need to do as they are told and that we are not to be “willing victims” to some of the darker entities, while Tashni (and others) believe that they are all here for our own good.   We do, however, agree to disagree, and on that specific subject we share an open mind.  For her honestly, objectivity, straightforwardness and sometimes-stubborn contrariness, I have requested that she write the foreword to the “Visitors,” and she has graciously agreed to do so.

Pam has an intensely spiritual gift and her point of view is found threaded throughout the book whenever the subject of light and dark is discussed.  There are other friends and acquaintances who have provided some insight into this same subject, notably Gil and Spark. 

Gil is another friend who has the gift of second sight.  It would appear, however, that he absorbs as much energy from his guests and visitors as may be permitted, very much like one would fuel a car.  He sees more than he lets on, but that is part of his talent.  He senses energy the way many of us would use our visual, olfactory, and other senses to determine what is going on about us.  He gave me a great deal of information on things unfolding about me, but he himself asked a lot of questions about Roswell.  (Obviously, we have much to discuss in future sessions, and perhaps it will be the grist for a follow-on story to this book).

Spark is an art specialist, a skydiver and highly skilled in the art of Judo.  During an interview, she told me that she had looked into the eyes of “Wyverne,” following a discussion on the subject of visitors, and saw some things that concerned her about this quest for information about them.  She is certain that dealing with this kind of information could cause an individual to go insane.  Tashni also continues to call for caution here and advises me to “take a reality check.  Remember you are in physical form now.  When we chase these rainbows, regardless of how real we see them, or how real we find them, or how real we want them to be, it is still all a wonderful cosmic joke.  In your pursuit for “your truth,” remember to find the humour in it all.  Do it for your own mental health.  Find a balance.”

I have also written in the comments of a vast number of people who have consented to share their stories and observations, including those of a neighbor who is a nuclear physicist. 

All of these specially gifted people have helped to open an incredible window for me through their connections to the “other side.”  It is my hope that you will find a great deal of “food for thought,” in their comments and in the material they have provided for this book.  I have also included some gleanings from Internet.  This data is collectively referred to as “Internet” sources (with the web-site or e-mail address and originator added in the footnotes).  I have also examined the works of a number of authors who have written for and against the existence of visitors.  Many of them have expressed opinions which appear to run in a similar vein, some do not, although I have endeavored to include a few of the key comments from both points of view wherever practicable.  I firmly believe in multi-sourcing when it comes to getting good information in order to decipher its full meaning. 

Observations by the “Old Woman” 

Donna has channeled a number of guides who have provided some useful insights and observations.  I have been permitted the privilege of being introduced to a few of them, and they in turn have provided much interesting information on the subject of visitors.  It has been said that, “Many times a guide will speak through a friend or even a stranger.”[17]  

Several times, specific guides have identified themselves to me.  One key group in particular collectively refers to themselves as the “Old Woman,” and they have been most informative (invaluable, in fact), in their guidance and counsel.  They have told me for instance that “The universe changes and as such, so must your Earth.  To complete that cycle, so must the beings that harbour there.”  The primary message they have passed on is that there are major changes in the Earth that are coming to us very soon.  It would appear that what is unfolding around us is part of a much larger picture.  The Old Woman states that this picture “gets larger than you can imagine, and has many layers, all of them reaching and inter-relating.  All a part of the larger plan.”

I asked these guide counselors a specific question about this plan.  “What then does this mean for you and me?”  To this, the Old Woman replied, “you are on a journey, in which you must apply the trust of the ages.  As you make your history, you must remember the larger plan.  There are others like you, working independent of you.  In time, you will join together in a fashion that has not yet been chosen.  There are many choices to be taken in the next times.  Your part dear one is determined.  You must embrace your role with truth, trust and vision.  Losing sight of the vision, of the grander plan will steer you into blind alleys.  There are many of those.  Using your storehouse of information, you will be guided rightly.”[18]

The bottom line to this advice, I believe, is that you must therefore trust in your own judgment and perception, and act accordingly.  This is particularly applicable when it comes to dealing with the subject of “Visitors.”

I have gone through a number of books to find others who have had similar messages to those of the “Old Woman.”  Virginia Aronson has written about her “messages,” experiences and contact with those who seem to have connections to the same worlds in much the same way as my friends Mac, Norm, Donna, Tashni, Pam, Gil, and Spark appear to have.  She has written about her “lifelike dreams,” in a way that I relate to, perhaps because I have had the same kinds of dreams.  She apparently awoke one time, “to find strange sparkly flakes on the palms of her hands.”  She knew “that there was absolutely no earthly explanation for the sudden appearance of these sticky sparkles.”  She suspected that the sparkles on her hands “came from elsewhere,” a physical sign from another world, an indicator of celestial, extraterrestrial contact.”  I particularly relate to her request to others to “please use your intuition and listen to your feelings.  You know what is right for you.”[19]  This strongly echoes my own request that you “think and reason for yourself.”

The Internet 

While surfing the Internet I have often found alternate answers to the questions I have about visitors.  I somehow suspect the majority of you who are reading this material will also have done the same.  Wherever I have found bits and pieces of scattered information that seems to cross paths with the material I have gleaned from my friends, I have added them into the story in the form of additional questions or answers.  Sometimes the information I have found on the Internet is remarkably similar to the channeled material I have been provided in my personal interviews.  Just as often, the information gleaned is directly opposite to what I have learned.  This does not make either response wrong, it just means that one has to sift the data and be discerning.  As you have seen in my proposed list of rules, an open but highly skeptical mind is extremely necessary if you are going to sift through the data that is presented here. 

Each of us may have a preconceived idea as to how his or her particular universe (or continuum) should unfold.  Each of my companions in this search for information has a particularly personal perspective on the subject of “Visitors.”  I hope you find their comments as fascinating as I have, and that it peaks your curiosity to learn more about them.  In this way, I believe, we shall all be better informed and prepared, and thus in some sort of coherent shape to deal with their arrival.  Choose for yourself what you will or will not believe.  With this in mind, I would like to share some of the material gleaned from the responses my friends have provided, by placing them into the form of a number of separate interviews, with the answers following the questions as and when I have been able to acquire them. 

Questions for Visitors and some of the Answers gleaned to date

The first questions that I asked about the visitors when their information began to come through my friends in channel were “who and what are you?” 

Donna was the first to respond with a straight answer, stating that “we are guides and advisors.”  Tashni added that they are “highly structured, telepathic, thought forms.”  Norm stated that his sources “speak via telepathy, so they may as well be “channeled.”  He also added that “some beings are trained to come here and learn the languages, but for most, telepathy is the way to go.  Almost all are genetically compatible with humans.  They may look very different, but they are closer to us than, say, gorillas by a factor of ten.”

“What do the visitors look like?  What is their size, shape, color, and general appearance, and can they all communicate with each other in the same way?” 

Mac identified a number of different kinds of visitors, describing some of them as “tall Greys,” and others as “dark dwarf-like visitors, as well as small (about four feet tall) lighter colored humanoids with webbed fingers and four long fingernails on each hand.”  Tashni agreed with Mac’s descriptions, and added that there were “reptilians” that were also about four feet in height.  They don’t look small when they remove their regular illusional humanoid mask.  They do, however, have human-like shapes and some of them come from nearby solar systems.  Mac has told me that there are a number of visitors who are “Insectoid,” one like a large spider, others like a giant grasshopper or praying mantis.  He also stated that “often, the insectoid entities are guardians.”

Reg Miller’s guides have told him that the Insectoids are “A particularly friendly Traveler…this species is far more gruesome than any humanoid-looking Traveler.  (It)…looks like a huge praying mantis and is larger than a human.  The mantis has the remarkable ability to use the Primal Energy, Wisdom, to reflect back to a prey its own fear.  When a human gets a glimpse of the creature and reacts with any amount of fear, the fear is intensified 1000 times and mirrored back, and thus the person becomes unable to move.  In this condition the person cannot hurt himself, the Traders, or anyone else…The sensation gradually dissolves and dissipates.”[20]  In addition to the mantis, Gil’s guides mention (as Mac does), that there are “200 pound spider Travelers, (although) the spiders do not travel much.”[21]

Norm indicated that from his point of view, the visitors come in “every size, shape and color.”  His first abductors were “little blue guys, but the one who was his main contact was between 4’6” and 5’ tall, and was a tan colored “Zeta.”  This Zeta had a very thin body, a big head, and huge slanted black eyes.  Norm mentioned that the visitor that he saw looked a lot like the “Alien” shown on the cover of Whitley Streiber’s book “Communion.”  The tan or Greyish color of the Zeta’s skin apparently has a lot to do with the fact that the Zetas live underground.”  From Tashni’s point of view, the visitors are more like scientists, and not explorers.   She also believes that “some live off of our strong emotions, and for the human, the strongest emotions appear to be negative.  This is perpetuated by the fear that occurs in us in our everyday life.”  In time, she thinks that “we will be able to live on breath, but will feed as they do on energy.”

Courtney Brown believes that, for the Greys, “At their core, there is a fear and awe, or perhaps wonder at how humans do it – exist and prosper, that is, as individualized identities.  They known that they need some of this but are frightened of it as well.[22]

As far as who and what the visitors are, Norm stated that “almost anything you can think of is probably true somewhere.  The vast majority of human life forms are not intergalactic travelers.  Many turned their backs on technology and developed rich and vibrant cultures instead.  The universe is more varied and unique than anything anyone on this tiny little backwater planet has ever imagined it is.  But then, for anyone with a head on their shoulders, that should really not come as a surprise.”  As far as Norm is concerned, “why wouldn’t it be so?”

Jim Marrs put a different perspective on things.  “After all, to anyone not from Earth, we are the aliens – and fearsome ones at that with our primitive ways.  Perhaps we are the focus of universal concern and are all being guided by a host of non-human life-forms.”[23]

I have sought to compile a general list of the most often reported visitors.  Some are the same, many are not.  If there are others that should be on this list, please let me know.

Descriptions of Visitors 

Any detailed list of the variations of visitors that exist would no doubt be longer than even they could compose.  I cannot begin to describe all of the kinds of visitors that are coming to earth on all levels and dimensions, although I am going to include some of what has been found here.  In theory, I should be able to tell you something about the Els, for example.  In practice, there is little to be found in the available reference material.  What I have here has been gleaned from a wide variety of sources.  Any reader’s additional descriptions of these and others would be welcome.  I have also examined a great number of different Internet sources, and found references to numerous different types of visitors.  Several of the different types of visitors mentioned by Norm, Mac and Tashni have also been identified by others on the Internet.  The material presented here is basically extracted from the information provided by my friends and from some of the reference material one can find in most libraries and book stores.  I am including selected extracts from these descriptions here for comparison purposes.

The first apparent “official” records of visitors in modern times appears to have been documented in an American “military” publication, dated April 1954, and entitled “Extraterrestrial Entities and Technology, Recovery and Disposal, classified “Top Secret, MAJIC Eyes Only.”[24] 

In this publication, is a “Description of Extraterrestrial Biological Entities (EBEs).”  An examination of the remains (of the visitors recovered from the Roswell site and presumably other crash sites), “indicates that EBEs may be classified into two distinct categories” which are:

EBE Type 1

“These entities are humanoid and might be mistaken for human beings of the Oriental race if seen from a distance.  They are bi-pedal, 5 to 5’4” in height and weigh 80 to 100 pounds.  Proportionally they are similar to humans, although the cranium is somewhat larger and more rounded.  The skin is pale, chalky-yellow in color, thick, and slightly pebbled in appearance.  The eyes are small, wide-set, almond-shaped, with brownish-black irises with very large pupils.  The whites of the eyes are not like that of humans, but have a pale Grey cast.  The ears are small and not low on the skull.  The nose is thin and long, and the mouth is wider than in humans, and nearly lipless.  There is no apparent facial hair and very little body hair, that being very fine and confined to the underarm and the groin area.  The body is thin and without apparent body fat, but the muscles are well-developed.  The hands are small, with four long digits but no opposable thumb.  The outside digit is jointed in a manner as to be nearly opposable, and there is no webbing between the finger as in humans.  The legs are slightly but noticeably bowed, and the feet are somewhat splayed and proportionally large.”[25]

EBE Type II

“These entities are humanoid but differ from EBE Type I in many respects.  They are bi-pedal, 3’5” to 4’2” in height and weigh 25 to 50 pounds.  Proportionally, the head is much larger than human’s or EBE Type Is, the cranium being much larger and elongated.  The eyes are very large, slanted, and nearly wrap around the side of the skull.  They are black with no whites showing.  There is no noticeable brow ridge, and the skull has a slight peak that runs over the crown.  The nose consists of two small slits, which sit high above the slit-like mouth.  There are no external ears.  The skin is a pale bluish-Grey color, being somewhat darker on the back of the creature, and is very smooth and fine-celled.  There is no hair on either the face or the body, and these creatures do not appear to be mammalian.  The arms are long in proportion to the legs, and the hands have three long, tapering fingers and a thumb, which is nearly as long as the fingers.  The second finger is thicker than the others, but not as long as the index finger.  The second finger is thicker than the others, but not as long as the index finger.  The feet are small and narrow, and four toes are joined together with a membrane.”[26]

According to this report, it was “not definitely known where either type of creature originated, but it seems certain that they did not evolve on earth.  It is further evident, although not certain, that they may have originated on two different planets.”[27]

A number of people who claim to have been witnesses report widely varying descriptions of the beings recovered at Roswell.  One report claims that, “one of the six beings recovered near Roswell was still alive…The being was a strange mixture of man, reptile, and insect…(this) EBE died on 18 June 1952,” cause of death unknown.  The EBE reportedly said, “that our souls recycle, reincarnation is a reality.  It is the motor of the universe.”  EBE also “spoke of nine different species of visitors.”[28]

In another report, it is claimed that “EBE’s system was chlorophyll-based and he processed food into energy much the same as plants.  Waste material was excreted much the same as plants…He became ill in 1951 and died 02 June 1952.”[29]

Reg Miller channeled the following information on visitors.  “There are 128 races in the universe that are empowered by souls such as ours, and some of these look like large insects.  Others look like large fish with gills.  Some of these species have four legs, and one has six legs and two heads.  The latter is an animal that grazes like a cow and lives a peaceful existence on a planet that has no predators.”[30]

Paul Hill stated that, “We generalize that the occupants (of visiting space-craft) come in three sizes: diminutive, about a meter tall (the majority); human size, 5’ to 6’ (the second most populous); and giant, 8’ or 9’ (relatively few).  The meter sized occupants come mainly as humanoids, with a minority of hard, tough, hair covered animal-like creatures with claws and large, glaring yellow eyes that are really frightening.”[31]

Reg Miller stated that, “There are many forms of Travelers, but some do look like the people of Earth.  The size of these human-looking beings varies from two feet to almost 20 feet tall.  The giants, the ones nearly 20’ tall, find the gravity field of Earth two weak for their circulatory system, and visit for very short times.  They are comfortable on very large planets, and when they build ships, they rival those of the Traders in size.”[32]  He also mentioned that “Some of the largest of the SMS have diameters of 600 miles.”[33]

“With huge performance starships and scout ships for local runs, they seem very well equipped to get here from any homebase within a thousand light years, and no telling how much further.  The fact that our humanoid alien visitors come in such a variety of sizes and types, and that the detailed design of the scout ships vary so markedly, points to the conclusion that our visitors are from no one place, but that we are seeing a parade of visitors from various and numerous stellar civilizations.”[34]

“The high sighting rate of UFOs gives (one) the impression that stellar civilizations are closer together than estimated by exobiologists.[35]  The main evidence as to the alien’s purpose here…is that our visitors are collecting samples of everything imaginable.  They collect soil, minerals, water, wild and domesticated plants, wild and domesticated animals, even people on occasion.  It is therefore likely that “UFOs are manned by scientists and their staffs on cosmic exploration.”[36]

List of Visitors

Additional possibilities are added here in alphabetical order for general comparison:

Agharians

Agharians, also called Aghartians, are a group of Asiatic or oriental humans who, sources claim, discovered caverns and abandoned antediluvian ‘cities’ which had been taken over by reptilian entities. Several hundred or thousand years ago an Asian prince allegedly led several militant followers into the caves and came in conflict with the saurian reptoid inhabitants of an ancient subterranean city or network known as ‘Agharta’ or ‘Agharti’, and after a considerable conflict the reptilian forces were driven out. There are indications that since that time the Reptilians have attempted an occult re-takeover of Agharta and some (not all) of the inhabitants may have succumbed to these occult manipulations. This may explain why a small percentage of the ‘MIB’ encounters involve oriental like humans, perhaps members of a small renegade or ‘off shoot’ group of Aghartians. Such ‘renegade’ elements may also exist in the Telosian empire and of course within the United Stated itself. There also seems to be a loose secret alliance between Aghartian, Telosian and American officials according to some sources. In all three groups there seems to be an invisible government.  This government seeks to establish and may have in part inspired constitutional like liberties.  There also appears to be a secret ‘renegade’, ‘illuminated’ or ‘fifth column’ international or inter-spherial government which seeks to undermine the traditional values and liberties of all three civilizations. The Aghartian ‘space fleet’ is allegedly known as the ‘silver fleet’ (Evadamic). [37]

Alpha-Draconians

Reptilian beings who are said to have established colonies in Alpha Draconis. Like all reptilians, these claim to have originated on Terra thousands of years ago, which fact they use to ‘justify’ their attempt to retake the earth for their own. They are apparently a major part of a planned ‘invasion’ which is eventually turning from covert infiltration to overall invasion (Draconian).[38]

Altairian   

Alleged Reptilian inhabitants of the Altair stellar system in the constellation Aquila (Draconian).[39]

Amphibians

Similar to the Sauroids or Reptoids, yet being hominoid creatures with reptilian and amphibian-like features and are semi-aquatic in nature. May have once lived on land, but became more aquatic over the centuries. ‘They’ have been encountered near swampy regions, rivers, etc., and have been known to attack people without being provoked (Draconian).[40]

Anakim

Anakim are also known as Els.  Much has been written on a number of key races of visitors coming here.  Mac described one particular race as the “Els.”   He informed me that the Els are a race of highly evolved beings of light, which would have had to “de-evolve” in order to be on this planet.

“Ancient Hebrew history speaks of a race of human beings known as the ‘Anakim’ in whose sight the ancient Israelites were as ‘grasshoppers’. These giants were apparently very human yet of enormous stature. According to some they were anywhere from 9 to 12 feet tall, and the Israelites eventually drove them out of Palestine. As to their final destination or what became of them, the Hebrew records are strangely silent. There are some who believe that men of such stature may have existed previous to the deluge and the cataclysms which accompanied it, however the Hebrew records make it clear that a human race of such great stature existed in post-deluvian times as well.”[64]

The Anakim are also referred to as the ‘Els’, short for ‘Elder Race’ or simply as the ‘Giants’.  In ancient Hebrew tradition, this race is allegedly tied-in with ancient humans who broke off from mainstream humanity because of their vast size which had developed over the centuries, possibly as a result of a genetic anomaly. They are said to range anywhere from 9 -11 and in some cases even 12 ft. in height, although in configuration are remarkably similar to ‘International’ humans. They have allegedly been encountered in deep and extensive cavern systems from Alaska to Mexico, and are believed to have interstellar traveling capabilities (Evadamic).[65] 

Andromedans

“These are a non-physical race of purely “awesome” ancient angelic beings from the Andromeda galaxy.  They are ultimately the spiritual force behind the Ashtar Command and are the leaders behind the Pleiadians and our whole human branch of evolution.[41]

Silvia Browne’s guides also commented on Andromeda.  “They did Venus at the same time they did this planet (Andromeda).  Venus was in a different orbit and could sustain life.  Both Mercury and Mars had life at one point.  That is what the gullies, canals and riverbeds of Mars are.”[42]  She commented specifically on UFO’s and where they are from, stating that, “Most of these entities are from Andromeda.  Andromedans colonized Earth, and they keep coming back to see how their entities are doing.”[43]

Andromedans are (said to be) the guiding power behind at least one other completely different branch of evolution: the Cygnusian races, quiet, slimy, amphibian-like creatures who come from planets in the constellation Cygnus.  The way in which the Andromeda galaxy beings are helping the beings in our own Milky Way galaxy grow, is a macrocosmic example of how the Pleiadians’ civilization is helping our Earth civilization grow.”[44]

The Andromedans are reported to have a body that is “merely light.”  They are not tall and the largest part of their bodies is the head.  They have two legs and two arms just like humans, but only three fingers on each hand and three toes on each foot.  They appear to wear a belt around their waist as a communication device that is used on interspacial travels, although they have learned to communicate telepathically.   Although the belt is not required, it is kept it as part of their image.   The head of an Andromedan is much larger in proportion to the rest of their body. This is because their brain is so large it needs a lot of space.  They do not need ears, since they “hear” telepathically. Their eyes are very small because they mainly see through their light body. When they are physically manifested, however, they use their third eye together with the two small eyes. Since they do not eat food like humans do and only speak telepathically they do not need a mouth either. The little opening one can see is of no practical use to them but they have kept it anyway.  Their ships are made of light and when they decrease the craft’s vibrational speed it can turn solid - or at least appear to be solid. Then it looks more or less like the “flying saucer” types often reported, in the form of two saucers against each other.[45]

Antarcticans

This is allegedly a secret area of operations for both human and reptilian beings. It is said by some that Nazi scientists actually developed disk shaped aircraft capable of very advanced aerial performance, and that swastikas have been seen on a few aerial disks.  They may be piloted by a ‘pure bred’ blond, blue eyed Aryan race. There appears to be more than one ‘Blonde’ human society involved in the UFO scenarios, and especially subterranean human societies may have developed blond hair due to lack of sunlight.  There does not seem to be anything more than a peripheral connection between the Antarcticans, the Telosians and the Pleiadian ‘blondes’ (i.e. we will refer to the Antarcticans as the ‘Aryans’; the Telosians as the ‘Blondes’; and the Pleiadians as the ‘Nordics’ in other files to discourage confusion).  It should be remembered that Germany plays a central role in world history in that it was not only the nation which gave birth to the Bavarian Illuminati under Weishaupt, but of the opposing Protestant movement which the Illuminati sought to destroy as well.  The Antarcticans may consist largely of ‘batch consigned’ pure bred blue eyed, blond Aryans who became victims of Hitler’s obsession to create a super race.  Most of these may be controlled through mind manipulation and implants, being ‘human drones’ who are used to keep this hidden society functioning (Evadamic-Draconian).[46]

Arcturans

“The Arcturans are a very spiritual race that lives in a universe or reality of pure love.  There seems to be a gateway of some sort at this planet, which transmits higher energies to our dimensional universe.”[47]

Tashni asserts that the Arcturans, “hold the gateway to the other dimensions.  They all come through us.  We have the higher levels of spiritual development.”  They are also like the other known human type aliens of this “more highly spiritually evolved” nature.  Tashni believes that they “last a long time, but come back, or move on, whichever is the case.  Some however, do not choose to move on, and others need to stay.”  She adds that, “some might get the impression that we are here as walk-ins on Terra.  This is not the case.”  They visited here eons ago and left seeds.  We are those seeds,” and we “are being awakened as we go.”  Tashni believes that she is bringing the information she is providing to me from her place in Arcturus.  Arcturans on Earth “inhabit Earth-born bodies,” (for the most part), which would logically include Tashni.  I have therefore elected to go deeper here, into the subject of Arcturus.

Edgar Cayce said in his teachings that “Arcturus is one of the most advanced civilizations in this galaxy.  It is the fifth-dimensional civilization that is a prototype of Earth’s future.  Its energy works as an emotional, mental, and spiritual healer for humanity.  It is also an energy gateway through which humans pass during death and rebirth.  It functions as a way station for nonphysical consciousness to become accustomed to physicality.”[48]

“Arcturans, in cooperation with citizens from many other star systems, are here to help in a transitional time of evolution for the citizens of Terra (Earth).  There are soon to be some very cataclysmic changes in both the physical and spiritual planes of this planet.”  The Arcturans hope to make the transition smoother for the citizens of Terra, as the way (for them) was helped not all that long ago,” in their system.  They believe that “this planet will shortly become uninhabitable to most forms of life.”  Therefore, their “Co-op is in the process of setting up a procedure to evacuate all people (who are willing) to a nearby planet that is being readied.  Preparations for this transition will be as much spiritual as physical, because we will have to rapidly increase (our) knowledge in many spheres of humankind.”[49] 

This transition may have something to do with a coming “shift” in the position of the Earth’s poles and a change in climate.  Mac has indicated that the ice at both poles will suddenly melt almost instantaneously at some point in the future, causing the cataclysm being predicted.  How or exactly when this will happen, he couldn’t predict.

Ruth Montgomery’s guides have indicated that, “Aliens from outer-space will be watching with keen interest and readying vehicles to help take some off the Earth before the shift, and many of these ships will simply stay in orbit for the necessary time before returning those beings to Earth.  Others will take their human cargo directly to other planetary systems through a process not yet understood in your sphere.  Those who elect to return to Earth at a later time will doubtless be allowed to do so, but some will choose to remain in their new environment.”[50]

The name “Arcturus” comes from the Greek word for “Bearkeeper.”  In this case, the specific bear being referred to is the star constellation Ursa Major (the Great Bear).  Arcturus itself is the 4th brightest star in the sky.  It is 18 times larger than the Sun, four times the Sun’s mass, and is 37 light years away.  Not far from it in “space distance” is another planet identified as Arcturus 2, which is 2.5 times larger than Earth, but has only about half the physical population.  Their Spiritual population reportedly numbers in the Billions, as it is a “transitional” planet.  Water makes up almost three-quarters of the planet.  Other details mentioned include the data that here is no salt on the planet, and that its atmosphere is about six times denser that the Earth’s.  Arcturus 2 has a gravity that is almost three times that of the Earth, (in other words, if you had a body weight of 200 pounds here, you would weigh almost 600 pounds there).  Arcturus is one of three populated worlds in that particular Star System (out of 12 planets).[51] 

The Arcturans describe themselves as being “physically one of the closest species in outward appearance to people of Terra, being of the same ancestry.”  They “are physically about the same build, but with a harder, thicker bone structure and somewhat smaller in height.  To get a picture of the average physical Arcturan, picture a human of about 11 or 12 years old with larger than normal eyes and a slightly larger cranium.  Also, their ear ports are not as visible, and they do not have ear lobes.  There are no “males” or “females;” as all Arcturans have the capability to reproduce.  To them, “age is irrelevant,” since they retain the memories of all transitions, taking on a new body when the previous one is worn out.”  The Arcturans have indicated that apparently “humans also partake in the same transitions,” but they are just “not aware if this” yet.  Arcturans on Earth “inhabit Earth-born bodies in this transition.  They indicate that “there are a few Arcturans who have flown here from Arcturus 2 and 4 for technical advice and other consultation to the Transition Team.”  We are, however, “unlikely to meet them until the time of Change.”[52] 

Aryans

In another recurring category of visitors observed quite often are the visitors described as “Blondes, Swedes and Nordics,” which appear very similar to Humans.[53]  They have blond hair and blue eyes.  They will not break the universal law of “non-interference” to help us.  They can only intervene if any Grey activity would have an adverse effect in another part of the universe. Another description of the Aryans (or Blondes) talks about them being “Blond Nordic Humanoids who work with the Greys.”  It has been said that they were captured by a species known as the “Reptoids” and that they “also have implants.”  They also appear “to have a tendency to switch their loyalties between the Reptoids and the Confederations of Humans.”[54]

Atlans

These are humans, usually described as being benevolent in comparison to other groups, who are said to inhabit vast and complex cavern cities beneath southern Brazil and surrounding regions.  The term ‘Atlantean’ or ‘Atlan’ in reference to these races has been placed upon them because of the fact that these cavern networks along the east coast of Brazil were allegedly once part of the antediluvian ‘Atlantean’ empire.  The present inhabitants have no direct genetic relation to the ancient ‘Atlantean’ society which allegedly controlled these cavern systems several millennia ago, but are referred to as ‘Atlanteans’ simply because they are descendants of those who rediscovered and inhabited the ancient Atlan installations.  As in North America and other continents, both normal and gnome like humans have been encountered here, some of which possessed advanced aerial or ‘disk’ technology.  The Telosians claim to have some connections with South America, especially the Matto Grosso region (Evadamic).[55]

Bernarians

Inhabitants of the ‘Bernard’s Star’ system. Although not much has been written about them, it seems that human beings at least in part control this star system. Whether the Saurians have any influence or not is uncertain (Evadamic).[56]

Blues

Another kind of visitor is called a “Blue,” or “Star Warrior.”  The Blues “are said to have translucent skin, large almond shaped eyes and to be small of stature.  The main issue of their teaching was to “pursue your passion, follow your own way, do your own thing, don’t be pressured into being anything but what and who you are.”  The information about the Blues comes from a native North American Indian named Robert Morningsky, a Hopi/Apache dancer.  According to Morningsky the first alien contact started about 1947-1948 with the Greys contacting the US Government to form a treaty with them.  Another body of Aliens arrived, called the Blues.  The Blues advised the government not to deal with the Greys saying it would only lead to disaster.  They told the US to “follow your own path.”  They said that they would teach with peace and harmony if men would disarm and listen.  The military said no deal.  So they left, but a few decided to remain and stayed in Northern Mexico and Arizona and made a treaty with the Hopi Indians.  These Aliens are known by the Hopi as Star Warriors.  The Greys started monitoring the Blues.  So the Blues had to flee the reservation and go into hiding.  A few of the Elders went with them.  The Hopi legend is that there were two races, the children of the feather who came from the skies, and the children of the reptile who came from under the earth.  The children of the reptile chased the Hopi Indians out of the earth, these evil under-grounders were also called two hearts.”[57]

Booteans

Reptilians from the ‘Bootes’ system. These, and reptilian entities from the ‘Draconis’ system are allegedly involved with the ‘Dulce’ scenario as well as the infiltration- implantation-control of human society on earth in anticipation of their planned takeover at some point in the future (Draconian).[58] 

Burrowers

Another mutation of the saurian serpent race capable of burrowing through the earth. Possibly quadrupedal as well as bipedal, these have been known to use their ‘boring’ abilities to create artificial tunnels or ‘cave ins.’   (The latter has allegedly been used in attempts to entrap or kill unsuspecting intruders into the underground domains). These may possess a highly developed ‘sensing’ system (Draconian).[59]

Confederation of Humans

The Confederation of Humans are “more often referred to as the “Intergalactic Confederation,” headed by the Ashtar Command.”  Norm has spoken of these visitors often.  The Confederation “consists of an organization of alien groups born out of positive energy, that are helping the human race along and desire to protect them.  They are apparently aware of the situation on Earth and are considering some possible course of action.”   The Confederation includes beings from Vega, Arcturus, Sirius, the Pleiades, Lyra, DALs and Centaurians.[60]

Centaurians

The Centaurians are also “blond Nordic types who come from Alpha Centauri.  They, like the Pleiadians, seek to help us grow spiritually, but they don’t take as active a role as the other races, although they do and have made contacts with select people on Earth.”[61]

Cetians

Cetians are also known as Tau Cetians, a human race of ‘Mediterranean’ or ‘South American’ appearing, tan skinned humans.  Very similar to Caucasian humans on Terra except for slight differences (slightly pointed ears, higher physical ‘density’ for their size, slightly broader nose, 5’ 5” tall on average, and often wear short ‘Roman’ or ‘crew’ style haircuts). Tau Ceti and Epsilon Eridani are said to be a major ‘convergence’ of exterran ‘human’ activity, and are alleged to be in alliance with the Paladins (who in turn, according to contactees, have ‘Federation’ alliances with the Vegans and the Ummites, etc.).  The Cetians allegedly work with the Pleiadians and ‘other’ societies who have been ‘victimized’ by the ‘Grey’ predators (Evadamic).[62]  Eridanians - Cetians (Evadamic).[63]

Chameleons

Reptilians genetically bred to enable themselves to appear ‘human’. These are allegedly ‘infiltrators’ which can look remarkably human outwardly although retaining reptilian or neosaurian internal organs. Often described as appearing ‘bulge eyed’ with scaly, hairless skin behind their ‘disguise’. One report alleged that the ‘Chameleons’ may utilize artificial ‘lenses’ to conceal “slit pupiled iris’”. Some claim they are genetically bred ‘mercenaries’ in a planned invasion-takeover of human society (Draconian).[66]

DALs

“This is a race of Nordic types who come from what is called the DAL Universe.  They are a branch of the Lyrians and are very advanced technically and spiritually; about 300-1000 years ahead of the Pleiadians.  They are helping the Pleiadians in a very similar manner to which the Pleiadians are helping us.”[67]

Draco

The Dracos are those entities which are apparently ‘soulless’ and can be associated with the neosaurian-reptilian or ‘fallen’ angelics that have been known to accompany or motivate them. Since a cosmic conflict is taking place between these two groups, and especially between the fallen and unfallen angelics which influence the physical world for evil or good respectively, one group may succeed in subduing part of the other’s ‘physical’ dominion or ‘territory’ at any given time. We must however remember that the ancient battle between these two groups (human conscience vs. reptilian ego) is not an outgrowth of a so called ‘dualistic reality’, or rather the idea that good (positive) and evil (negative) cannot exist without the other, which is entirely fallacious. The Draconian conspiracy should instead be viewed as a cancer or virus which plagues the universe, an unnatural ‘disease’ which does not belong in this realm. [68]

Dracons

Largely subterranean, pterodactyl like hominoids with bat like wings. Sometimes described as possessing ‘horns’ and thus are considered very similar to the traditional depiction of the ‘devil’, according to certain individuals who have encountered them.  Dracons are very intelligent and extremely malignant.  They are sometimes referred to as ‘Mothmen’, although that title might be a little misleading (Draconian).[69]

J.R.R. Tolkien described something similar in The Lord of the Rings.  “The great shadow descended like a falling cloud.  And behold! It was a winged creature: if bird, then greater than all other birds, and it was naked, and neither quill nor feather did it bear, and its vast pinions were as webs of hide between horned fingers; and it stank.  A creature of an older world maybe it was, whose kind lingering in forgotten mountains cold beneath the Moon, outstayed their day, and in hideous eyrie bred this last untimely brood, apt to evil…down, down it came, and then, folding its fingered webs, it gave a croaking cry and settled…digging in its claws and stooping its long naked neck.  Upon it sat a shape, black mantled, huge and threatening.  A crown of steel he wore, but between the rim and the robe, naught was there to see, save only a deadly gleam of eyes: the Lord of the Nazgul.”[70]

Draco-Borgs

Cybernetic forms controlled by reptilian entities. These would also include those forms which are animated by fallen supernatural or para-physical entities, whether of ‘Grey,’ ‘human like’, ‘mechanical’ or other configuration. There are some who suggest that human-appearing ‘infiltrators’ of this type may exist in our society, and that certain characteristics might give them away; i.e. the eyes, a slightly sulfurous smell, unrefined features such as no fingerprints or ears or other ‘body’ parts which seem to have a slight ‘artificial’ appearance (Draconian).[71]

Dragon Worms

These creatures are largely subterranean and have been reported on very rare occasions.  Although a mutation of the serpent race which lost the use of its limbs through centuries of atrophication, it is nevertheless apparently a part of the reptilian ‘conspiracy’.  The ‘Dragonworms’ are allegedly very intelligent, according to certain sources.  ‘They’ have sometimes been described as appearing similar to a giant ‘worm’ or ‘slug’ (Draconian).[72]

Drones

There are several reports of a being that appears to act as a slave or Drone, and that these are beings that have been “manipulated” or genetically interfered with to serve their purposes by the Greys.  The drones have what seems to be a child-like mentality.[73]

Dwarfins

Diminutive humans who have allegedly been encountered in or near caverns in various parts of the world, and in some cases on UFO’s, although most ‘dwarf’ sightings in connection to UFO’s are actually sightings of the saurian ‘Greys’. These should not be confused with the small ‘elementals’ or ‘nature spirits’ which some believe are etheric in nature yet have the ability to appear in solid or semi solid form as times. Some of these were apparently involved in the original ‘rebellion’ of the angelics against the Creator after being deceived and misled by the former archangel turned egocentric tyrant, Lucifer.  Others of the ‘elementals’ may have escaped this ‘fall’.  The Dwarfin or Dwarf races are allegedly just as human as surface peoples but average between to 3 to 4 ft. in height, although at times they have been seen as small as two feet. As with the ‘giants’ or ‘Els’ this may have resulted in a genetic anomaly which ran its course due to the separation of their race(s) from the International ‘gene pool’.  They allegedly live in subterranean systems to a large extent as a ‘protective’ measure.  Some allegedly possess ‘aerial disk’ technology and some might even have attempted interplanetary or interstellar travel (Evadamic).[74]   Hairy Dwarfs have also been described as being about 4’ tall and weighing about 35 pounds.  They are extremely strong.  They are hairy, but neutral and don’t try to hurt intelligent life.[75]

Evadamic (Also known as Evas) 

Those entities which may be considered to be soul matrixed members of the human races or the ‘angelic’ benevolent beings who seek to influence them for the good.[76]

Eva-Borgs

Cybernetic forms controlled by ‘human’ entities, or humans who have been implanted or surgically altered to such an extent that they have become cybernetic in nature, yet still retaining a soul matrix (Evadamic).[77]

Ex Coelisians

The ones I am the most familiar with are the Ex-Coelisians (pronounced Ex-cheleesian).  They come “from the sky to the Earth.”  They are associated with the colours maroon and light blue, and are a truly different “brotherhood.” 

Greys

The Greys are the race of aliens most commonly described by abduction victims.  They are associated with both “good” and “bad” types of aliens.  According to a wide number of sources there appear to be at least three different types of Greys.  They are all humanoid in appearance, with a head, main body, two arms, hands, legs and feet.  All tend to appear greyish in colour (although others have also described them as being a “tan” color), and for this reason they are referred to as “Greys.”[78]

The Greys are reported to be a small neo-saurian race, very prolific and intelligent.  They may be the ‘brains’ or ‘intellect’ of the serpent race, whereas the larger ‘Reptoids’ allegedly act as the physical overlords and thus are of a higher ‘ranking’ than the Greys.  The Greys are reportedly very predatory and insensitive to humans, and like other reptilian entities they allegedly ‘feed’ off of human fluids by rubbing the ‘protein formula’ on their bodies, which is then absorbed into the skin, and like snakes the ‘waste’ is excreted back through the skin.

The Greys range from 3 1/2 to 4 1/2 ft. tall on the average, with skin colors ranging from Greyish white to Greyish blue to Greyish green. Aside from feeding off of human proteins and fluids, they also allegedly feed off the ‘life energy’, ‘vital essence’ or ‘soul energy’ of human as do other reptilian species. This is why those humans seen working with the Greys (implanted drones, whether willingly or unwillingly) have appeared ‘lifeless’ and emotionless to the witnesses who observed them. The Greys are allegedly extremely deceitful and although they act on ‘logic’, to them it is ‘logical’ to use extremely complex forms of deception to bring about their goals. They are the most commonly observed ‘alien’ entity during UFO encounters (Draconian).[79]

The Greys are often associated with many other races such as the Reptoids.  “The most commonly seen grey is around two to four feet tall, very slender and delicate looking.  They are small beings and light in weight.  They have extremely penetrating black eyes with no pupils, an almost vestigial mouth and nose, a very large head and a pointed chin.  Their skin color varies from dark grey to light grey, from tan to tannish grey or from white to pale white.  They have no hair on their bodies.”  The Grey-type 2 is similar in appearance, but is usually “six inches taller and they seem” to be the ones “giving orders.”  A variation includes Greys with “eyes like big black buttons that are rounded.”  The Grey-type 3 is a “small robot-like being, stocky and little, with smooth rounded hat on top, with dark deep set holes for eyes and a round O shaped mouth, square breast-plate with concentric circles on it.  They smell like burnt match heads and have a mushroom grey skin.  These Greys are often said to act like security guards.  Other descriptions of visitors include variations that are described as Reptilian like with claws and a praying mantis-like shape.  There have also been many reports of cross breeds that are not exactly human and not exactly grey.”[80]

“The most often reported Grey (Grey-type 1) is about 3 1/2’ tall, has a large head and large slanted eyes.  They apparently seem to be worshipers of technology, have little or no emotional feeling and therefore don’t give a damn about mankind.  The Grey-type 2 appear to be similar to the Grey-type 1, but they have a different finger arrangement and a slightly different face.  They are more sophisticated than Grey-1, seem to use a good deal of common sense and are relatively passive.  They may not need secretions to survive (that is secretions from our human bodies or fluids and other substances obtained from animals like cattle).  Grey-type 3 is similar to the other two, but they appear to have thinner lips and they may be subordinate to the others, as they have been observed acting in a subservient to the other two types of Greys.  These Internet sources also indicate that one should beware of channeling and channelers, as the Greys have created a great deal of propaganda.  They give us this message in the form of “we are Space Brothers,” to appeal to a certain segment of the population who might accept it at face value and not otherwise dig for real information.”[81]

In terms of what the Greys appear to have been doing, Shirly Andrews reports that, “Based on three national surveys by the Roper organization, more than five million Americans may have been abducted, most of whom suffered unpleasant experiences.”[82]

According to Bob Lazar, “As far as the Greys are concerned, there are all types of Greys. They are definitely cybernetic organisms. They are not a species’ themselves. They work for someone else. There are several different levels of them. There are many instances that indicate that they don’t function independently by themselves. They operate from higher orders.”[83]

Bob Frissell speaks of a rebellion.  “The present Lucifer rebellion began in this galaxy about 200,000 years ago.  The Greys are a quintessential aspect of this rebellion.  They now exist on hundreds of planets in the galaxy but are mostly concentrated around Alnilam, the middle star in the belt of Orion.”  (Mac stated that the place they come from it is actually slightly to the right of this “middle” star).  The Greys “are also related to the Martians who are among their ancestors.  The Greys are a race without an emotional body and they are dying because of the fatal flaw associated with basing the creation on the external merkaba.  They are trapped in their present level of existence.  They cannot ascend any higher or go to the next octave of existence because they have separated themselves from the reality to such a degree that they don’t even know what love is.  This means that they can’t “feel” their way through creation.  They are now aware of this problem; they understand it logically but don’t know how to change it.”[84]

Other detailed descriptions of Grey physiology and anatomy lead one to believe that the approximate height of most specimens is between 3.5 and 4.5 feet.  The head, by human standards, is large in comparison with the body.  Facial features show a pair of eyes described as large, Sunken or deeply set, far apart or distended more than the human, and slightly slanted as Oriental or Mongoloid.  No ear lobes or apertures on the side of the head were seen.  The nose is vague.  One or two holes have been mentioned.  The mouth area is described as a small slit or fissure.  In some cases there is no mouth at all.  It does not appear to function as a means for communication or food.  The neck area is described as being thin, in some instances not being visible at all because of the tightly knit garment. 

Although most Greys are hairless, some of the bodies recovered have a slight hair-patch on top of the head.  Others have what appears to be a silver skullcap. There are no breathing attachments or communications devices.  This suggests telepathy with higher intelligence.  In one instance there was an opening in the right frontal lobe area, revealing a crystalline network.  This network implies the development of a third brain.  The arms are described as long and thin, reaching down to the knee section.  The hands each contain four fingers with no thumbs.  Three fingers are longer than the other is.  Some are very long.  Others are very short.  No description has been made available on the feet and legs of the Greys.  On most of them there appears to be a webbing effect between the fingers, indicating that some of these beings were adapted to life in the water. 

According to most observers, the skin is grey.  Others claim it is beige, tan or pinkish-grey.  No reproductive organs or capabilities were discovered.  They do not have a phallus.  None appear to have a womb.  This may confirm the cloning that has mentioned by other sources.  The humanoids appear to be made from a mold, sharing identical racial and biological characteristics.  There is no blood as   we know it, but there is a fluid, which is greyish in color.  Many have no alimentary canals and no glands.  Some have been reported with cyborg-like traits, having both mechanical and biological features.

It is reported that an autopsy of an alien at Wright-Patterson AFB found that the creature had type O blood.  Its organs were in the right places, but “the brain of the aliens was more deeply convoluted than any (human) brain.”  The brain appeared to be that of a man “several hundred years old,” in a body of someone estimated to be between 20 and 30 years of age.”[85]

The Greys are almost entirely devoid of emotions, but can obtain a “high” by telepathically tuning in the different kinds of intense human emotion, such as ecstasy or agony.  These are the ones that pose the greatest threat, because they do not seem to understand our right to choice.  They will of course, be dealt with in an appropriate manner when necessary.

Giant Worms

These have often reported in myths and other stories as dragons or worms.  Frank Herbert described something similar in his book “Dune.” 

A mound-in-motion ran parallel to their rock island-moonlit ripples, sand waves, a cresting burrow almost level with Paul’s eyes at a distance of about a kilometer.  The flattened dunes of its track curved once – a short loop crossing the patch of desert where they had abandoned their wrecked Ornithopter.  Where the worm had been there was no sign of the aircraft.  The burrow mound moved outward into the desert, coursed back across its own path.  “It’s bigger that a Guild spaceship,” Paul whispered.”[86]

Gizans

Gizan, also known as Gizahn).  The ‘Gizeh People’ have been referred to by the Pleiadians (Billy Meier contacts) as well as others. This ‘may’ have some connection with the strange ‘people’ and technology allegedly encountered in deep labyrinthine recesses beneath Egypt, who were sometimes reportedly seen by explorers, and who are said to dress like ‘ancient Egyptians’. There is allegedly, according to Leading Edge Research, a huge cavern deep beneath Egypt which is inhabited by people with close ties with the U.S. ‘secret government’. Some sources indicate that the ‘Giza People’ may be a ‘controlled’ society with the reptilians being the dominant power, although this is not absolutely certain (Evadamic-Draconian).[87]

Gypsies

Several sources refer to the gypsy’s as having some connection with the UFO mystery. Other sources suggest a connection with high-tech subsurface kingdoms such as Agharti, etc.  The knowledge which the gypsy’s allegedly possess of an ancient war, UFO craft, and so on is supposedly a carefully guarded secret among various gypsy tribes.  Some claim to have traced the gypsy’s back to ancient India or surrounding regions (Evadamic).[88]

Hav-Musus

Hav-Musus, also known as Mu-Suvians, were prominent in Paihute Indian tradition, the Hav-Musuvs were allegedly an Egyptian or Grecian like sea-faring race who discovered huge caverns around 3 to 5 thousand years ago within, and later deep beneath the Panamint Mountains. of California. Within these they allegedly established vast underground cities. When the inland sea (now Death Valley) which connected the ocean in ancient times dried up they had no way to carry on trade with other parts of the world. As a result of this, according to Paihute Indian tradition, they began to build and fly ‘silvery eagles’ which became increasingly advanced as time went on. They then evidently established interplanetary and later interstellar travel, exploration and colonization. It may be interesting to note that some ‘contactees’ claim that the forward time flow may be different in other parts of the universe or other star systems. A thousand years on earth may be equivalent to 10,000 years in another system, possibly depending on how fast that system is moving through space. Thus may open up the possibility of massive technological development on the part of an other-stellar colony or civilization in a short period of ‘Earth’ time. Time displacement often appears in UFO related accounts. There is however no evidence for reverse ‘time travel’ other than possibly ‘remote viewing’ of past events through super sensitive telescopics from light years away (Evadamic).[89]

Humanoids

Silvia Browne points out that, “no one that we know of in the whole galactic universe looks like a monster.  They might have bigger eyes, ears, or noses, but everyone looks like a human being or has humanoid qualities.”[90]

Humanoid Type A

“These are of a genetic base similar to humans of earth.  They appear to be of “normal” height (5’ to 6’) and tend to be fair-skinned with blonde hair.  These entities have been abducted by the Greys or are the offspring of abductees and have been trained by the Greys as servants.  These entities are totally subservient to the Greys.”[91]

Humanoid Type B

“These are aliens of similar genetics to earth humans and also, it seems, of the humans that serve the Greys.  These are from the Pleiades and are also of the blonde, fair-skinned appearance.  This type is of a genuine highly evolved, spiritual, benevolent variety and have a kinship toward humans and are (said to be) the only aliens to be truly trusted by earth humans at this time.  They had at one time offered to be of assistance to earth leaders in dealing with the alien situation here, but were rebuffed and so have taken a kind of “hands off” approach for the time being.  These aliens are supposedly the forefather race of humankind.  These are apparently not on earth much at this time due to serious problems in the area of their home.[92]

Humanoid Type C

“Very little is known about these.  They are supposedly another of the highly evolved, spiritual type of great benevolence to earth humans.”  Their appearance may be “similar to other human-type aliens.  They are from Sirius and don’t appear to be much involved with earth happenings at this time, other than being concerned about the Grey scenario.  They could desire to be of help to humans.”[93]

Hyadeans

The Hyades in the constellation Taurus, like the Pleiades and Vega, are said to have been the destination of yet another group of refugees from the ancient war with the Saurians in Lyra (Evadamic).[94]

Hybrids

Since human and reptilian beings are allegedly so different in their physical make up a natural ‘hybrid’ between the two is impossible. However and unnatural genetic alteration in essence ‘splicing’ human and reptilian genes has allegedly been attempted. Even if this were accomplished the offspring would not be an actual ‘hybrid’ (half human, half reptilian) but would fall to one side or the other. Since reptilians possess no soul matrix as do humans but instead operate on a ‘collective consciousness’ level, the ‘hybrid’ would be human or reptilian depending on whether it was born with or without a soul energy matrix. In most cases one might tell the difference if the entity had round pupils as opposed to black opaque or vertical slit pupiled eyes; or five digit fingers as opposed to three or four; or external genitalia as opposed to none. If two out of three fit the ‘human’ configuration chances are they would possess a soul matrix, although this might now ‘always’ be the case, if such entities as the ‘Chameleons’ exist for instance (Evadamic-Draconian).[95]

Hu-brid

“Hybrids” through genetic manipulation who possess a human soul-matrix. See above (Evadamic).[96]

Re-brid

‘Hybrids” possessing no soul matrix. Some of these may possess human like genetic coding yet no ‘soul’ while others may be an apparent ‘hybrid’ of two or more reptilian species. It must be understood that the Reptilians are far more adaptable or ‘mutable’ than are humans, physically. This would mean that we should expect a much greater rate of physical diversity between the reptilian species than between the various human species. Such mutations would not have to take place over millions of years, but through eons or centuries, especially when one considers the possibility that controlled natural selection, mutation, genetic manipulation, and even occultic supernatural intervention may have been responsible for accelerating this process (Draconian).[97]

Iguanas

Approximately 4-5 ft. tall, with ‘Iguana like’ appearance yet ‘hominoid’. They have sometimes been seen wearing black, hooded ‘monk’ robes or cloaks which conceal much of their saurian features, which include tails. These have been reported as being extremely dangerous and hateful towards humans, and like all other branches of the ‘serpent’ race they utilize black witchcraft, sorcery and other forms of mind control against their human enemies (Draconian).[98]

Ikels

Small hairy humanoids with cloven hoofs which inhabit deep caverns beneath South America and elsewhere. They may be members of a fallen pre-Adamic race which possessed angelic, animal and humanoid characteristics. Now allied with the reptilians. They have been known, according to natives, to ‘kidnap’ women and children down through the ages and many stories are told of South American tribes who have battled these creatures with machetes during certain of their forays to the surface (Draconian).[99]

Interdimensional “Shape-Shifters” 

There appears to be some sort of Inter-dimensional entity that can assume various shapes, visitors that we would more accurately describe as “shape-shifters.”  They apparently are of a peaceful nature.[100]

Insectoids

Often described as resembling a praying mantis, sometimes as a giant “spider-like” creature.  Mac indicated that some of them may act as guardians.  His feeling is that they are benign, but interested beings.  Reg Miller has also mentioned them earlier in this book.

Insiders

Residents, either permanent or temporary, of the various different masonically connected top secret government ‘underground installations’, bases or colonies throughout the United States and the World. Some of these groups may possess advanced technology enabling them to travel to various other planetary bodies in the solar system. This group is international in scope and may be tied in with the Alternative 2 and 3 scenarios (Evadamic).[101]

Janosians

This is allegedly a planet on which human beings live or once lived. They apparently arrived on that planet some thousands of years ago according to certain ‘contactees’, and up until ‘relatively’ recent times still retained dim memories and legends of earth, which they were apparently associated with long before their colonization of the planet ‘Janos’. They are said to be like Terrans, although somewhat oriental and slender by comparison. A group of refugees allegedly left Janos centuries ago in a huge carrier vessel of roughly donut-shaped configuration after an asteroid or meteor shower devastated the surface of their planet, causing a chain reaction in their nuclear power grid, loosing deadly radiation into the atmosphere and unto the underground tunnels and ‘cities’ which they had built beneath Janos. They apparently remembered the star route back to earth, and last reports stated they were in a high orbit somewhere ‘near’ the earth and are seeking contact with earth governments to exchange technology for a place to live on or below the earth, in the tradition of the TV series Alien Nation. In light of other revelations and lack of confirmation from other ‘contactees’, this might be a ‘staged’ Draconian propaganda operation; on the other hand the account may be legitimate (Evadamic?).[102]

Korendians

Humans allegedly living on a colonized planet known as ‘Korender’. Perfectly ‘human’ in proportion yet 4-5 ft. tall on the average. Gabriel Green described alleged contacts with this group in publications during the late 1950’s and early ‘60’s. The accounts published by Gabriel Green were rather fantastic, although perhaps no less so than some other accounts. Many of the contactees who have allegedly encountered the ‘Korendians’--such as John W. Dean who wrote a ‘catalogue’ of life on other planets which contained reams of inaccurate astronomical data, and Colin Boyd Cameron--have obviously been the subjects of apparent ‘propaganda’ or ‘disinformation’ operations. This suggests that if the Korendians do exist they may be a MIB like society similar to the ‘Lanolus’ people or the ‘MIB’ society described by John A. Keel in some of his works (Evadamic-Draconian?).[103]

Lemurians

Ruth Montgomery wrote The World to Come, and the changes that may occur on Earth in the near future.  She asked her guides about “extraterrestrials,” and “mental space travel,” and received the following answer.  “It is the enlightened beings who will be coming into human bodies after the Shift who will bring in that knowledge.  Just as the returned apostles and Palestinians are reminding Earthlings now of the spiritual laws they learned at the feet of Jesus the Christ, so the new entities will bring in advanced knowledge.  The Lemurians now beginning to return, (and who) will soon (become) a deluge, are so much more knowledgeable about spiritual matters and the potentials of humans than the fading out Atlanteans have been.  They will know better how to care for their bodies and minds, and to teach it to those already in physical being.”[104]

Rosemary Altea had a very clear vision of Christ during a special visit.  “I was aware too of a great peace which had settled over us.  I looked up…and it was there I saw him…It was not a dream.”  She asked him, “Are you real?”  His smile…”gave me my answer…the space he had been was filled with light.”[105]

According to Ruth Montgomery, the Lemurians now beginning to return who will soon be a deluge, are so much more knowledgeable about spiritual matters and the potentials of humans than the fading out Atlanteans have been.  They will know better how to care for their bodies and minds, and to teach it to those already in physical being.”[106]

Leviathans

Leviathans are also known as saurian ‘sea serpents’ such as the so called ‘Loch Ness Monster’.  Loch Ness has been the site of much occult or paranormal activity including UFO activity, ‘grey’ sightings, etc. Aliester Crowley, the satanist Illuminist founder of the Ordo Templi Orientis (OTO), claimed to be in contact with ‘The Beast’ of the Loch. He owned a mansion on the shores of the loch and this same mansion later became the residence of the British occultist Jimmy Page, who not only played with the British rock group Led Zeppelin but also owned a large bookstore dealing with witchcraft and the occult. Being aquatic in nature and having lost the use of their limbs via atrophication-mutation, this branch of the serpent race is allegedly used for long range ‘psychic’ warfare and occult manipulation of the human race (Draconian).[107]

Lyrans

Supposing that the human inhabitants of Lyra (who are said to have a common origin as that of earth people) were driven out of that system hundreds or thousands of years ago, then it is likely that some of the present day inhabitants of the ‘Lyra’ constellation may be of neosauroid descent. During the Lyran wars which are mentioned in several ‘contactee’ accounts, a mass exodus’ of humans allegedly left the system and escaped to the Pleiades, the Hyades [which are 130 light-years from earth in the Taurus constellation], and Vega which is also in Lyra. This region, like our own system, may still be a ‘battleground’ between saurian Greys, humans, etc. (Evadamic-Draconian). [108] 

Lyrans are also called Lyrians.  The Lyrians are a “very ancient parent race, from which our entire branch of human or humanoid races emerged; including all the Nordic types, the Orions, and even the Greys.”  They were “quite warlike in the infancy of their civilization, but they appear to have gradually improved their ways and are now technically and spiritually at about the level of the Pleiadians.”[109]

According to Semjase of the Pleiadians, in her contacts with Billy Meier in Switzerland in the mid-70’s, the Lyrans first came to Earth about 20 million years ago. Over time they made many additional trips to Earth and had attempted to establish many different colonies.[110]  (All of this data provides much food for thought, when it is compared with the reports from our current circle of advisors).

Martians

Inhabitants of the planet Mars, both human and non-human, including the alleged inhabitants of the two Martian ‘moons.’  (Many believe these moons are artificially hollowed asteroids, although it is uncertain whether these are controlled by the Evadamics or Draconians).  It has also been suggested that thousands of years ago the surface of Luna and Mars were much more ‘habitable’, and the surfaces of these bodies may have been decimated after passing through the asteroid belt or an ‘asteroid storm.’  (This storm consisted of debris which ‘may’ have been torn from a planet which apparently existed between Mars and Jupiter at one time and that was possibly destroyed by a close encounter with another planetary body in the tradition of Immanuel Velikovsky’s theories).  It is believed that ancient ‘ruins’, possibly thousands of years old, have been seen on both ‘planets’ and that these attest to such a cataclysm (Evadamic-Draconian).[111]

Men-in-Black

In spite of the hype and humour evidenced by Will Smith and Tommy-Lee Jones, there really do appear to be visitors resembling “The Men-in-Black” (MIB).  MIB have been reported wearing all black suits, and sunglasses.  They have very pale skin and do not behave or conform to normally accepted patterns of human nature.  They are extremely sensitive to light.  They may even be a holographic image.[112]

MIB have also been reported as “appearing after a UFO sighting, usually when there has been physical evidence of the event.”  They appear, “wearing black suits, black ties, black hats, and very serious expressions.  They typically gather evidence, threaten everyone into silence, and leave.”[113]

The MIB appear to be of indefinite age, medium height and of course, are usually dressed completely in black.  They always appear wearing a black hat and often a black turtleneck sweater.  They present an appearance often described by the observer as “strange” or “odd.”  They seem to speak in a dull monotone voice, “like a computer,” and are dark-complexioned with high cheekbones, thin lips, pointed chin, and eyes that are mildly slanted.  They drive large and expensive all black cars, most often Buicks or Lincolns, but sometimes Cadillacs.  Some of them have a different physical appearance with pale-greyish skin and blond hair.  The fabric of their clothes has been described as strangely “shiny” or thin, but not silky.  Their behavior is often mechanical-like and this has led some observers to describe them as being like robots or androids.  One observer noticed that when a MIB sat down, there was a green wire grafted onto his skin and running up his leg.  Their shoes and wallets all seem new and hardly broken in.  They are very frightened of death and seek to control your mind.  When they are manipulated in reverse-psychology, they face a situation where they have a vulnerable, integrated weakness.

Reporter Jenny Randles comments that “the MIB are real, and the people who report them deserve our attention.  We should strive to find out whether these threatening strangers are just a part of some secret department investigating UFO’s or are visiting this world from somewhere beyond our ken…I suspect the former.”[114]

‘Men-in-Black’ or ‘Horlocks’ are apparently in many cases humans who are controlled by draconian influences, although other ‘MIB’ have been encountered which do not seem human, but more reptilian or synthetic. The ‘MIB’ have been encountered often after UFO sightings, usually intimidating witnesses into keeping silent about what they’ve seen (many of the witnesses may be ‘abductees’ with suppressed memories of the event). Their ‘threats’ appear to be motivated by attempts to utilize ‘terrorism’, ‘fear’ or ‘intimidation’ as a psychological weapon against witnesses. This ‘weapon’ may not only be used to keep the human ‘MIB’ under control, but by the human MIB themselves. They are often though not always seen in connection with large, black automobiles, some of which have been seen disappearing into mountains, canyons or tunnels or in some cases apparently appear out of or disappear (cloak?) into thin air. Most human MIB have probably been implanted by the Draconians and are essentially their ‘slaves’. Biosynthetic ‘Infernals’ also seem to play a part in the MIB scenario, as do subterranean and exterran societies.  Sirius, at only 9+ light years away, has been identified as a major exterran MIB center of activity, with a subterran counterpart existing in ancient antediluvian ‘Atlantean’ underground complexes which have been ‘reestablished’ beneath the Eastern U.S. seaboard (Draconian-Evadamic).[115]

Moon Eyes

A race of peaceable humans some 7-8 ft. tall, with pale blue skin and large ‘wrap around’ eyes which are extremely sensitive to light. They may be the same as the large humans allegedly encountered on the moon by our ‘astronauts’ according to John Lear and others, who in turn were silenced and not allowed to tell what they saw. These people may, according to some accounts, be allied to the ‘Nordics’ and/or ‘Blondes’. They claim to be descendants of Noah who traveled to the Western Hemisphere a few centuries after the deluge and discovered ancient antediluvian cavern systems and technologies which had been abandoned in the subterranean recesses. They have been encountered mostly in deep cavern systems beneath the general region of the Ozark mountains in Arkansas and surrounding regions (Evadamic).[116]

Nagarians 

Nagarians or Nagas are also referred to as the ‘Reptoids’, ‘Reptons’, ‘Homosaurus’, ‘Lizardmen’, or the ‘Large Nose Greys’.  They play a significant role in the legends of India and Tibet where they are considered by some to be demoniacal in nature. They are described as being around 7’ tall and of various colors, grotesque, but most often moldy greenish with scaled crocodilian ‘skin’.  Allegedly descended from a branch of bipedal Sauroids which existed thousands of years ago on earth and via mutation and natural selection developed the brain and body coordination necessary to develop a technology. Some species still reportedly retain a visible ‘tail’ although much atrophied from their supposedly ‘extinct’ saurian ancestors. After an alleged ancient battle with early high tech human societies they were supposedly driven into underground networks or to off planet bases (Draconian).[117]

Oliverians

Humans of ‘normal’ size, yet who possess an ‘olive’ green skin color. They claim to be from a subterranean or cavernous realm beneath Europe which they refer to as ‘St. Martin’s Land’ (Evadamic).[118]

Orangeans (Also known as the ‘Orange’ race)

These visitrors largely converge beneath southern Nevada, northern New Mexico and possibly Utah. Some sources refer to a [1] ‘human’ race, others of [2] a genetically altered, red haired human strain or so called human-reptilian hybrid. They are described often as having a human form yet certain ‘reptilian’ features. They are also said to possess human like reproductive organs, and possibly (or not) a human ‘soul matrix’, and therefore are a divergent branch of the human race. Some accounts suggest there may also be [3] orange colored reptilians which possess no soul matrix (Evadamic-Draconian).[119]

Orions

The Orion Empire (Orion Forces) has drawn a considerable number of questions, and indeed, these are the ones that I have been directed to be concerned about.  It appears that “the Orions are made up of two opposed races.  The “Council of Light” was one based at the star system Betelgeuse, and the equally powerful evil Orions were based at the star system Rigel.  The Orions took over lots of planets back in our galaxy’s less spiritual days, but were always balanced by the Intergalactic Confederation.  The conquering part of the Orion Empire was defeated 200,000 years ago by the Intergalactic Confederation, and they haven’t been a threat to Earth since.  They are presently getting ready to “transform into the 4th dimension” just as we of Earth are.  In fact, some people on Earth are reincarnated Orions who are here to integrate their negativity and hence allow both our worlds to ascend.”[120]

When I asked Marianne and Mac about the Orions, they informed me that Mac was in contact with two different individuals, neither of whom attached any particular significance to Orion.  The first was more concerned with the technicalities of travel and distances to and from what we call “the Orion System.”  The first visitor was trying to convey a message about the Orion area being “two phased shifts” away from Earth.  The second individual wondered at our interest in the Orion area, and stated that he regarded it to be “a rather desolate” place.  When pressed for further information, he revealed that “Earth’s early civilization “gods” came from that system.”  It seemed that this visitor considered the information to be “unimportant.”  He did, however, ask Marianne questions.  This made her feel uncomfortable, because she felt that she simply did not have the knowledge to satisfy the visitor’s curiosity about our scientific progress or Earth’s geology.  For example, she stated that the visitor “wanted to know of what substance was our most important or valuable rock composed?”  Her immediate response was diamond,” but she did not think that this was the answer the visitor was looking for.  It said that “the most used stone for decoration on your planet is purple.”  She thought that the visitor meant amethyst, it said, “no, you have what you call Alexanderite,” which the visitor insisted was purple.  Apparently the visitor found Mac difficult to work with, so the entity tried to communicate his disclosures and comments in the simplest terms possible, because, as he put it, “it takes time to formulate the response.”  Marianne wrote that, “some of the visitor’s statements aren’t exactly provocative or meaningful, some are predictable and others make no sense at all, but for what it is worth, the following information constitutes direct quotations from the visitors dialogue, as channeled through Mac.

“You have gone through white lasers, you are now using blue lasers, the next step will be a purple laser.  This laser will be the key for unlocking energy required for interstellar space travel.”  It will also be “the next stage for mankind.  You will still be slow, but it will be a lot faster than what you have today.  The belt of Orion is no different to us than it is to you for using (sic) of the Moon.  You will learn to use the Moon (and) you will eventually colonize the Moon.  It is no different from us than what you call “Orion.”  There are beings there that live, (although) there is not much to live on, (it is) very desolate, very…(unintelligible)…beings and creatures.  Orion is what you like to call, “a neutral zone.”  

“We are not the only entities entering your world.  Different factions have entered this planet for their own various reasons, but to one end.  Four different groups seeded this planet.  Four different groups are currently trying to stop you (Earth people) from annihilating yourselves again.”  We are “bringing you forward, away from time, for you have reached this period at least twice before and that is why we are here now.  We are slowly raising the consciousness of human beings to let them understand that we are not here to annihilate anyone, to hurt anyone, or to destroy anyone.  We are trying to save you from yourselves by the knowledge you were given by us.  But it is not enough.  For each time has to go through a growth period and along with that, there are dangerous times.  This is the most critical time, in your “atomic” age.  This is the closest that we have been to getting you through the atomic age, to bring you into the age of new technology.  But you must transcend this period on your own, we cannot intervene.”

If you wish to destroy yourselves, there is nothing we can do about it.  So far, you have been reaching new goals and getting away from destroying one another.  The more people come into new space and reach distances further in space…(unintelligible)…but you cannot find us at this time.  Orion is the closest we can be to Earth without being detected.  Soon we will not be able to stay there.  It would not matter where we would go inside this galaxy, we will (eventually) be detected, and we have been detected.  Governments of this planet will not let it be known, and they will try to hide it, try to minimize it, which is, to us, wrong.  But that is the way of your planet, the way of your governments, and we will abide by it.  We will not interfere, nor will the other factions interfere.”  Marianne indicated that the visitor added that the “factions are from different regions, but believes that they all originally came from one source.”  The visitor also admitted that its people come and go, but that he himself had not set foot on Earth.[121]

Carl Sagan stated that, “Due to our own actions or inaction’s, and the misuse of our technology, we live at an extraordinary moment for the Earth, at least – the first time that a species has become able to wipe itself out.”  But this is also…the first time that a species has become able to journey to the planets and the stars…Our leverage on the future is high just now.”  He added that, “Some planetary civilizations see their way through, place limits on what may and what must not be done, and safely pass through the time of perils.  Others, not so lucky or so prudent, perish.” [122]

Silvia Browne has predicted that “Aliens will begin allowing themselves to be seen on earth in the year 2010.  They will not harm us.  Instead they will be here to observe what we are doing to this planet.  They will also teach us again to use anti-gravity devices, as they did during the construction of the pyramids.”[123]

Concerning what we will eventually have to do, Carl Sagan also commented that, “If our long-term survival is at stake, we have a basic responsibility to our species to venture to other worlds.”[124]

Some claim that ‘negative’ entities have been associated with some of the stars in the Orion constellation. Other sources claim that the Orion nebula is a cosmic ‘doorway’ to ‘infinity’ which transcends the space time continuum. Some astronomers claim that a huge, beautifully illuminated multicolored ‘light’ has emerged from the nebula and is on an intercept course with Earth, although at a rather leisurely pace and at this rate the ‘light’ will reach earth approximately 3000 A.D. (give or take a hundred years). Could this have something to do with the prophecy in Revelation 21? Since the Draconians are attempting to conquer the ‘heavens’, they may have made futile attempts to enter the ‘Eternity Gate’ or to intercept the emerging ‘Light’ (‘War In Heaven’ between Michael and the ‘Dragon’? - see: Rev. Ch. 12). This may explain the alleged presence of the Draconians in the Orion constellation, although certain ‘human’ groups have allegedly become curious of the ‘Eternity Gate’ as well (Draconian-Evadamic).[125]

Orion Empire

The Orion Empire (Orion Forces) has drawn a considerable number of questions, and indeed, these are the ones that I have been directed to be concerned about.  There will be more discussion on this subject later in the story.  For now, it appears that “the Orions are made up of two opposed races.  The “Council of Light” was one based at the star system Betelgeuse, and the equally powerful evil Orions were based at the star system Rigel.  The Orions took over lots of planets back in our galaxy’s less spiritual days, but were always balanced by the Intergalactic Confederation.  The conquering part of the Orion Empire was defeated 200,000 years ago by the Intergalactic Confederation, and they haven’t been a threat to Earth since.  They are presently getting ready to “transform into the 4th dimension” just as we of Earth are.  In fact, some people on Earth are reincarnated Orions who are here to integrate their negativity and hence allow both our worlds to ascend.”[126]

The constellation Orion includes two stars with over the first magnitude, the Orion’s belt that consists of three stars with second magnitude, and the Great Orion Nebula.  Alpha Ori, Betelgeuse, is positioned at the right arm of Orion and glows with a dull red.  The star is singular in the constellation because almost all members in Orion including Rigel, Beta Ori, emit a bluish light.  The Horse Head Nebula is just south of Zeta Ori.  These stars were born in the Great Orion Nebula M42 a few million years ago, and have spread to their present positions.  Betelgeuse has no relation to these brother stars.  There are gigantic hydrogen clouds around the celestial field of Orion, called the “Orion Association.”[127]

Phoenians

The ‘Phoenix Empire’ is allegedly a non-surface society which may be partially connected with the Dulce subnet, according to certain ‘inside’ sources. It’s uncertain whether this is a human or a reptilian empire (Evadamic-Draconian?).[128]

Pleiadians

Much has been written and discussed about the visitors known as the Pleiadians.  These visitors “are a collective of extraterrestrials from the star system Pleiades.  They are also from various times in our future, starting from 500 years from now to millions of years from now.  The Pleiadian culture is ancient and was “seeded” from another universe of love long before Earth was created.  They have formed a tremendous society, which operates with love, with ideas and ideals that we are not yet familiar with.”[129]

Ken Eagle Feather states that, “there is an intricate connection between the Pleiades and Earth.  There is a bond of energy.  They look upon us as their heritage.  So they cannot abuse or willfully destroy those connections, because it would be the same as doing harm to themselves.  Yet their rules do not preclude taking what action is necessary for their own well being.”[130]  He interprets their message as, “you are our heritage…we are what you may indeed become…we are older for we have come from you.”[131]

Silvia Browne spoke about the “Metaphysical Universe,” and her guides tell us that, “The Pleiades are almost like a way-station, because people are constantly going in and out as rescuers to other planetary systems.  From Earth, most of you will go to the Pleiades on a rescue mission, which is in itself a learning process.  Then you go out to other places and pick up souls that need to be brought to the light.  From the Pleiades, people go out to the other areas such as Crab Nebula and Andromeda, which may be dark little planets, and save the people incarnated there.  There is one area in Andromeda that is totally desolate.  You can think of it as a place where the prisoners of other planets have been sent, much like how Australia’s used to be.  A lot of these souls are lost, until they are rescued by those from the Pleiades.  So there is much work to be done.”[132]

Pleiadians.  Much has been written and discussed about the visitors known as the Pleiadians.  These visitors “are a collective of extraterrestrials from the star system Pleiades.  They are also from various times in our future, starting from 500 years from now to millions of years from now.  The Pleiadian culture is ancient and was “seeded” from another universe of love long before Earth was created.  They have formed a tremendous society, which operates with love, with ideas and ideals that we are not yet familiar with.”[133]

“The Pleiadians started a project to contact and inspire Earth humans to take back their power and create a better reality for themselves.  They are here as ambassadors from another universe to help Earth through her transition from the 3rd dimension to the 4th dimension and to assist each of us in our personal endeavors of awakening, remembering and knowing.  As this project has become more successful, more ETS have joined the group, some from other systems.  The group later changed its name from Pleiadians to the Pleiadians Plus.”[134] 

“The Pleiadians say that their reason for contacting us is that there is a chance of tyranny in the future and they are coming back to inspire us as much as possible so we will take charge of creating our own reality and change the future.  They teach a very empowering form of personal and social metaphysics, with love and clarity.  The Pleiadians speak as a collective and there are no individuals identified.  They do not appear in physical form although they say that they can.  They say that it is safer to come through a channel, and that it does not attract as much attention.”[135]

Railoids

These are saurian ‘grey’ type entities which are apparently somewhat taller than the usually-encountered Greys yet with extremely thin ‘rail-like’ torso and limbs yet very strong (Draconian).[136]

Reptilians

According to information that has been channeled through Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, there are many races of Reptilian Beings, and they are some of the oldest races in this Universe.[137]

Of the many different types of Reptilians that have been reported, one group is known as the Draconians.  Others are known as the Sirius B Anunnaki Reptilians; the Orion Reptilians; and another race from Alcyone in the Pleiades. It would appear that the various Reptilian races are very wide-spread throughout this and other Galaxies.  Roger indicated that the group with which he is most familiar is the Draconians from Auriga.  He has only had limited contact with the Greys, and he suspects that they are a hybrid race, part Sirian Humanoid, part Reptilian.  Roger also indicated that there are many other Humanoid races, such as the Sirians and the Taygettan Pleiadians.  It has been indicated that the home world for some of these visitors is in the Andromeda Galaxy.  Others come from a planet in another neighboring Galaxy, one of the Local Clusters of Galaxies, but a different Galaxy than either Andromeda or the Milky Way.   These visitors are apparently watching Earth, because it appears that there is going to be a time here on the planet in the very near future that will prove to be a critical turning point.  This will be a “Point of No Return,” for all Beings presently here who have chosen to experience this particular timeline.[138]

In addition to those in the constellation Auriga, the Dracos are also known to reside in the Cappella Star System. There is another race that resides in several star systems in Orion; as well as a third race from Alcyone of the Pleiades; a fourth one from Taurus; a fifth one from the Triangulum; and finally those from Sirius B.  The ones from Sirius B may be the ones that Zecharia Sitchin identified as the “Anunnaki.”  Each of these races is distinct and has a strikingly different appearance. Also, none of the Reptilian races are “Greys.”  The Greys appear to be a hybrid race who were “created” by the Aryan Sirians to be used as “combat drones” against other Reptilian races.  They are part Humanoid, part Reptilian and part Insectoid.  The Insectoids are another entirely distinct race of Beings.[139]

Reptoids

These are a reptilian race from Draco bent on conquest.  They are said to be controlling the Greys by means of an implant, the same one that the Greys put in humans.  They are also said to be the masterminds behind the abduction plans.  Their master plan involves using the newly created half-breeds with implants to defeat the Confederations of Humans.  The Reptoids (it is claimed) also use humans as food.  (The television and movie series “V” alludes to this).

According to information that has been channeled through Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, we live in a Universe of Duality, particularly here in the 3rd dimension. [140]  Our whole world is based on duality: Light/Dark, Love/Fear, Good/Evil, Male/Female, Higher Consciousness and Lower Ego Consciousness.  But probably the most important aspect of this Duality is the existence of the Humanoid and Reptilian races of Beings.  According to their information, there are many races of Reptilian Beings, and they are some of the oldest races in this Universe.[141]

Of the many different types of Reptilians that have been reported, one group is known as the Draconians.  Others are known as the Sirius B Anunnaki Reptilians; the Orion Reptilians; and another race from Alcyone in the Pleiades. It would appear that the various Reptilian races are very wide-spread throughout this and other Galaxies.  Roger indicated that the group with which he is most familiar is the Draconians from Auriga. He has only had limited contact with the Greys, and he suspects that they are a hybrid race, part Sirian Humanoid, part Reptilian.  Roger also indicated that there are many other Humanoid races, such as the Sirians and the Taygettan Pleiadians.  It has been indicated that the home world for some of these visitors is in the Andromeda Galaxy.  Others come from a planet in another neighboring Galaxy, one of the Local Clusters of Galaxies, but a different Galaxy than either Andromeda or the Milky Way.   These visitors are apparently watching Earth, because it appears that there is going to be a time here on the planet in the very near future that will prove to be a critical turning point.  This will be a “Point of No Return,” for all Beings presently here who have chosen to experience this particular timeline.[142]

The ‘World’ of the Reptilians for the Draconian branch is in a different Galaxy from ours.  They currently reside mostly in the constellation Auriga.  They are a separate race from the Orion Reptilians.  There are at least six major Reptilian races, and these include the Dracos, the Orions and the Sirius B Anunnaki. These six races have fought against each other and against various Humanoid races for eons.[143]

Reticulans 

Reticulans, also known as Zeta Reticulans, apparently come from a major center of ‘saurian’ activity and possibly use ‘controlled’ human slaves.  This is a region from where a large percentage of the ‘Grey-type’ Sauroids such as those which were encountered by Betty Hill and Barney Hill and other abductees, emanate.  This binary or double star system may be the center of interstellar ‘grey’ activity.  Much of the implant control scenarios allegedly originated from the Reticulan Sauroids as well as from apparently higher-ranking sauroid species in Bootes and Draconis, as well as their subterranean counterparts beneath the earth’s surface (Draconian).[144]

Rigelians

The Rigelians are similar to other visitors described thus far, and are reported as originating from the star system of Rigel.  The original Rigelians were Blondes until the Greys invaded and enslaved them.  The Greys are a parasitic race that took over and interbred with them.  The original Rigelians are said to have been the ones who seeded the Earth.  It is because of this common ancestry that terrestrial humanity is of such interest to both the Blondes and the Greys.  The Blondes now inhabit the Procyon system.  The conflict between the Blondes and the Greys is in a state of temporary truce, although the conflict between the Rigelian and Sirius system is being fought actively.  Both Blondes and Greys have the ability to disintegrate matter into energy and then reintegrate the energy back into matter.  This ability allows them to pass through walls and to The stories of Blondes remind me of the descriptions of the high elves in J.R.R. Tolkien’s Lord of the Rings, Celeborn and Galadriel.  “Very tall they were, and the lady no less tall than the Lord; and they were grave and beautiful.  They were clad wholly in white; and the hair of the Lady was of deep gold, and the hair of the Lord Celeborn was of silver, long and bright; but no sign of age was upon them, unless it were in the depths of their eyes; for these were keen as lances in the starlight, and yet profound, the wells of deep memory.”[145]

Sasquans

Large, hairy ‘humanoids’ who are usually troglodytial or cavern dwellers, although they have been known to forage through mountainous or wooded areas on the surface in search for roots, berries, grasses and nuts which make up their diet.  They are believed to possess a heightened ‘sensing’ ability, which allows them to steer clear of ‘human’ influence. They are more human than animal according to some reports although they have often been mistaken for animals, which has forced them to take up a largely subterranean lifestyle. They have often been described as having a human face on an ‘apes’ body. They are mostly strict vegetarians, which may be explained by the possibility that they might be a ‘hybrid’ or ‘hubrid’ between antediluvian humans and sapiens. Such interbreeding, if possible back then, is certainly not possible in modern times due to increasingly divergent genetic strains between the two groups. Most Sasquatch may possess a human soul matrix. They are usually described as being 7-8 ft. tall, while other branches may be smaller. ‘Hairy humanoids’, both large and smaller, have on some occasions been observed in connection with UFO encounters, or subterranean encounters. Sasquatch have been known to attack humans only in self defense (sometimes throwing large boulders to frighten intruders away). There have also been ‘hairy hominoids’ which possessed either ‘robot like’ or ‘amphibian’ characteristics, suggesting bio-genetic manipulation to create ‘biological machines’ or ‘cyborgs’. There is a possibility that other entities, possibly more animal than human, are the result of humanoid-Sasquatch and nonhuman-Sapien interbreeding, in which case the offspring might be human or beast in nature, but this is mere speculation. Another type of ‘hairy humanoid’ is allegedly the result of genetic manipulation, and have been reported in underground bases in northwestern New Mexico and in Southern Nevada (Evadamic).[146]

Serpents

These are literally ‘giant snakes’ which have been encountered in various underground regions.  They are often apparently used by the Draconians as ‘sentries’ to guard subterranean tunnels or ‘treasure’ repositories. They have been known to easily crush a human being or other objects with their teeth or their bodies (Draconian).[147]

Sirians

Sirius is apparently the home of humans of a rather empirical nature (possibly under reptilian influence) who have been tied in with events on Terra for centuries, including alliances with their counterpart ‘serpent cults’ or ‘Illuminated’ secret societies on and beneath the earth. Allegedly the source of many of the human, parahuman, cybernated and or chameleon ‘Men-in-Sirians have been in contact with Earth for a long time.  Shirly Andrews has determined that, “Observers from outer space are not greeted with enthusiasm at the present time, but they are coming and, as has always been true, they are from a variety of places.  The Sumerian extraterrestrial visitors were primarily from the tenth planet when its orbit approaches ours.  Sirians instructed the Dogons, and the Pleiadians have always been active here.”[149]

Evadamic-Draconian, the Sirians are members of the Confederation of Humans; “they are a watery, dreamy race who is basically an evolved version of dolphins and whales, somewhat.  They are said to live in the Christ consciousness, and are in a solar system very much linked with our own in a psychic manner.  They too play a role in helping Earth, but they are doing it from a subtler standpoint, like through the cetaceans in our seas.”[150]

Solarians

Human residents of the ‘Sol’ system who claim to have ties with ancient Terran societies, especially subterran societies which developed off-planet travel early on.  They have established underground bases and colonies on various planetary bodies in the ‘Sol’ system, including the Jovian moons and the Saturnine moons on which they have allegedly established a ‘Tribunal’ center for the federated Solarian planets (Evadamic).[151]

Synthetics

Of several different types and varieties. Although reptilians and humans apparently utilize ‘artificial intelligence’ devices or organisms (technology itself being amoral, neither good nor evil), the Draconians as well as some ‘controlled’ humans have apparently developed biosynthetic or mechanical ‘entities’ as extensions of their activities. This is especially true with the biosynthetic cybernetic creatures which the ‘reptilians’ have allegedly ‘created’ via organs stolen from animal and human mutilation victims. The synthetics are of many types, some of which are very ‘human like’ and which may be used as ‘infiltrators’. Others apparently look more like the ‘Grey’ entities, created ‘after their own image’ so to speak, yet are not reptilian but instead a type of ‘molded’ entity form containing a ‘sponge like’ substance which permeates the interior. They may be the worst of all, as they are apparently bio-genetic ‘forms’ which are able to be inhabited or “possessed” by the ‘Infernals’ or fallen supernaturals as ‘containers’ enabling them to operate in the physical realm, possibly to the extent of performing mutilations, etc., without the help of their reptilian allies (Draconian). [152]

Tall Visitors

Members of one group of visitors have been described as a “very tall race.”  They appear to be human in form but average in height at 7’ or 8’ tall.  These tall human-like beings and are apparently united with the Blondes.  There have also been a number of human-like visitors that appear to be similar to the Blondes but they are usually seen in the company of Greys.[153]

Taygeteans

Blonde or in some cases brunette ‘Nordic’ type humans based in the Pleiadian ‘Taygeta’ systems, which were allegedly colonized after their former planetary abode in the Lyra constellation was invaded by neosaurian entities (reptilians, Greys, etc.). The main Pleiadian planet of ‘Erra’, was allegedly ‘Terra formed’ by the refugees from Lyra which is around 30 light years from Earth. The Pleiadians were apparently the first ‘human’ society to develop subspace travel as ‘we’ did in the ‘Philadelphia Experiment’, and they claim that their technology surpasses our ‘International’ technology by about 3000 years. This may explain why the humans in Lyra were able to travel the vast distances from this part of the galaxy to colonize the Pleiades, some 430 light years from Earth (Evadamic). [154]

Telosians

Tall, blond inhabitants of a re-established network of subsurface antediluvian colonies located throughout the Western States, and concentrated around Mt. Shasta in northern California. They are sometimes referred to erroneously as ‘Lemurians’ as it is believed that the cavern cities which they rediscovered and built upon were once part of an antediluvian civilization called ‘Lemuria’. They may have loose contact with the Paladins and other groups via ancient ancestral ties, since the Telosians are earth natives who allegedly possess interstellar vehicles. The name ‘Telos’ is a Greek work meaning ‘uttermost’, but some of the inhabitants refer to ancient ties with neo-mayan tribes, and therefore many of them ‘may’ possess a Greco-Mayan ancestrage (Evadamic). [155]

Teros

A term describing various human groups who inhabit the cavern systems and who have reestablished antediluvian cities beneath the North American continent.  Many of these may be descended from early American colonists, while others are apparently descended from older civilizations such as ancient native Americans who went underground hundreds and or thousands of years ago. They also refer to the ‘Dero’, which apparently consist of Draconian elements (Evadamic).[156]

Ulterrans

Ulterrans, also known as Ultraterrestrials, are allegedly people who have been encountered at times entering or leaving an ‘alternate’ or ‘parallel’ existence, yet still operating within the one ‘reality’.  It is very unlikely that more than one ‘physical reality’ like ours exists, but there is a theoretical possibility that one other coexistent ‘world’ might exist on the opposite end or polarity of the electromagnetic barrier (or EM spectrum).  The EM in itself is inhabited by various types of warring spiritual or angelic entities according to many theologies). Many human and or neosaurian inhabitants of this ‘alternate’ world if it exists originally came from our own ‘world.’  (They possibly entered the ‘opposite’ reality by changing the molecular polarity of their bodies ‘molectrical’ field, a phenomena which may have taken place during the ‘Philadelphia Experiment,’ (more details on this subject to follow) or by entering a ‘vortex’ or ‘window’ area).  This would not be a so called ‘alternate timeline’ as some science fiction stories interestingly (though unfeasibly) describe it, although the time flow in such a ‘world’ may be different from our own. It would be more of an invisible extension of our own reality.  This would explain various phenomena such as animals, objects, people and entire vessels which have seemingly fallen into or out of our ‘world.’  It may also be possible that certain objects in our ‘world’ would be invisible in the ‘other’ realm or dimension (or rather the opposite polarity of our reality) and visa versa.  For instance, one airplane pilot who had become temporarily caught up in an EM vortex in the ‘Bermuda Triangle’ saw an island which was deserted, while the very same island was inhabited in the world he was familiar with.  This would also explain the many accounts of people who claim to have seen or stopped at houses, cafes, etc., along remote stretches of road, only to return the same way and find no such place ‘exists.’  Since both dimensions may flow into each other, being part of the same electromagnetic reality (matter as opposed to antimatter), such temporary displacement of objects and or people from either of the two ‘worlds’ might occur.  This would not be a case where one supposedly has an alternate ‘self’ inhabiting the alternate reality, but more a case of another ‘opposite’ dimension which was inhabited intentionally or unintentionally over a long period of time by humans and animals which were somehow transported there.  This would also explain the case of Joseph Vorin, who suddenly appeared as ‘out of nowhere’ near Frankfurt-am-Oder, Germany in 1850.  He spoke a broken and ancient Germanic dialect which the authorities could just barely understand, and claimed to be from the nation of Laxaria in Sakria (no known country by those names exists in ‘our’ world). When he suddenly appeared he seemed disoriented and dumbfounded, as if he had suddenly fallen out of ‘another’ world (Evadamic-Draconian).[157]

Ummites

Humans claiming to hail from the general area of Wolf 424, some 14+ light years distant from the Sol system.  They possibly having ancient ties with the ‘Lyran’ colonies in that the Ummites (from the planet Ummo) and are much like the Lyrans and Paladins.  Some are said to be ‘Scandinavian’ in appearance, and therefore the Ummites may tie in with the so called ‘Nordic Blond’ societies (Evadamic).[158]

Vegans

Relatively peaceful and gentle humans descended from refugees from the ‘Lyran Wars’, who work closely with other refugee-colonists now living in the Pleiades, Wolf 424, and elsewhere (Evadamic).[159]  

The race from Vega are Members of the Confederation of Humans.  “There are other known human type aliens of this “more highly spiritually evolved” nature that are apparently aware of the situation on earth and considering some possible course of action.  These are from Arcturus and Vega.”[160]

Venusians

Allegedly inhabited by physical entities, both human and reptilian, beneath the surface and therefore ‘safe’ from the extreme surface conditions. Also allegedly inhabited (on the surface?) by human beings, possibly colonists from Terra, who somehow were able to ‘phase’ or generate their physical bodies’ molecular structure into a ‘4th dimensional’ existence wherein they now allegedly survive unaffected by the harsh ‘physical’ conditions (Evadamic-Draconian).[161]

Zetas

Some of the visitors may have come from Zeta Reticuli 1 & 2, a binary star system visible from the Southern Hemisphere approximately 38 light years away with a spectral class of G2, identical to our Sun.[162]

Implants

On the subject of implants, one report states that “the objects in question appeared to be attached to the patients nerves, and all proved to be difficult to extract.  They ranged in size from 4.1 millimeters to 5.75 millimeters.  The implants appeared to be metallic and were covered in a tough organic coating.  Tests also revealed that the objects had a mainly iron core (strengthened with carbon) with a coating composed of iron, calcium, phosphorous and chlorine.”[163]

John Mack studied “a ½ to ¾ inch thin, wiry object” that was given to him by one of his clients, “a twenty-four-year-old woman, after it came out of her nose following an abduction experience.  Elemental analyses and electronic microscopic photography revealed an interestingly twisted fiber consisting of carbon, silicon, oxygen, no nitrogen, and traces of other elements.  A carbon isotopic analysis was not remarkable.  A nuclear biologist…said the “specimen” was not a naturally occurring biological object but could be a manufactured fiber of some sort…There is no evidence that any of the implants recovered are composed of rare elements, or of common ones in unusual combinations.”[164]

Whitley Strieber described implants where he was “shown an enormous and extremely ugly object, Grey and scaly, with a sort of network of wires on the end.  It was at least a foot long, narrow, and triangular in structure.  They inserted this thing into (his) rectum.  (It was a mechanical device with a wire cage on the tip).  It seemed to swarm into (him) as if it had a life of its own.  Apparently its purpose was to take samples…one of them took (his) right hand and made an incision on (his) forefinger.  There was no pain at all.”[165]

From a very different point of view, David Icke suggests that, “The microchips which are claimed to have been implanted in abductees by extraterrestrials are in fact, very much of the Earth.  They were developed by a consortium of engineers from Motorola, General Electric, IBM and the Boston Medical Center.  One example is the IBM 2020 chip used in the Project Monarch mind control programme.”[166]

Although they are not specifically identified, Rosalind McKnight commented on implants placed by visitors in a future sense in this way:  “The highly evolved beings had taken many people onto spaceships and implanted communications devices in their brains.  At a certain point in time these people remembered their contact and were immensely helpful with the communication process.  Between 1977 and 1980, many more people began to believe in interplanetary contact.  Beginning in 1977, spacecraft came in great numbers and hovered around our planet.  Many of the smaller craft came from larger spaceships…Contacts were made in certain power points on the earth, especially where there are no large cities.”[167]

As for our “brain power,” Gregg Braden theorizes that “For several thousand years, Earth has been functioning at a base resonant frequency of approximately eight cycles per second (7.8 Hz).  In the study of human brain waves, this correlates to a deeply relaxed state of awareness; Earth has essentially been “asleep.”  As predicted by the Fibonnacci series, Earth appears to be moving toward a fundamental vibration of approximately 13 cycles per second, correlating to a waking state of the brain’s functioning.”[168] 

Others? 

I asked my friends whether or not there were others here in addition to the ones that have been described.  “Are any of the visitors from other places living among us now?  If so, how many, where do they live, and what do they do for a living?”

Mac said “No (none live here).”  Tashni was of a similar mind and said, “not directly, although they can visit, or “host,” so to speak, but they would not choose to do so.  She is certain that they have “descendants here.”  For his part, Norm wouldn’t give a direct answer either and stated that “there’s ‘good to know’ and there’s ‘not good to know.’”  He added that, “Anything that could be said would raise more questions that they wouldn’t want to answer, and the answers are not black and white.  You could equally say they are here and they aren’t.  This is locked up with the fluid non-linear nature of time.  In one sense, anything that ever was here or ever will be is here now.  The coming definition of what here means is about to change for this whole planet.  If we could understand this, they could answer the question.”

This comment reminded me of a story that Immanuel Velikovsky liked to tell:

“Once in the twilight hour, a visitor came to my study, a distinguished-looking gentleman.  He brought me a manuscript dealing with celestial mechanics.  After a glance at some of the pages, I had the feeling that this was the work of a mathematical genius.  I entered into conversation with my visitor and mentioned the name of James Clerk Maxwell.  My guest asked: “Who is he?”  Embarrassed, I answered: “You know, the scientist who gave a theoretical explanation of the experiments of Faraday.”  “And who is Faraday?” inquired the stranger.  In growing embarrassment I said: “Of course, the man who did the pioneer work in electromagnetism.”  “And what is electromagnetism?” asked the gentleman.  “What is your name?” I inquired.  He answered: “Isaac Newton.”  When Velikovsky awoke, on his knees was an open volume: Newton’s Principia.  He told this story to illustrate a point.  “Would you listen to anybody discuss the mechanics of the spheres who does not know the elementary physical forces existing in nature?”[169]

In other words, we have a lot to learn here before we can begin to learn what they have to teach us.  As to whether the visitors are living among us, Norm stated that “there are no full time inhabitants on the planet other than us.  However some races may be here for missions that last for years, and their bases might seem permanent to someone who casually visited them and didn’t know what a permanent alien structure looked like.  They can live almost anywhere, but burrowed into rock is the favourite.”  Mac indicated that “there is a large underground city under the Gobi Desert, with a small satellite village also underground nearby.”

Frank Drake, a professor of astronomy and astrophysics at the University of California, Santa Cruz has some positive comments on the possibility of visitors.  “I’m not just curious.  I like to explore and find out what things exist.  And so far as I know, the most fascinating, interesting thing you could find in the universe is not another kind of a star or galaxy or something, but another kind of life.”[170]

In a different interview at another time, members of the group spoke about “other visitors” who have been described as looking “Nordic.”  The Nordics are apparently “anti-Grey” and vice versa.  There are supposedly seven types of Zeta Reticuli (generally described by various Internet sources as being “Greys on a genetic mission”) species and seven types of reptilians of the Draco Civilization.  The reptilians are reputedly the oldest of all species.

Other visitor variations have been reported and categorized as, “a praying mantis” type; a five-foot tall humanoid with slanted eyes and a slit-like mouth wearing a silver uniform and a pilot’s helmet; a creature with wrinkled Grey skin and lobster claws for hands; a ten-foot tall creature with green hair, pointed ears and three eyes; and a short furry creature with a round head and hands with retractable claws.”[171]

Silvia Browne’s guides report that “The space suits (the visitors) wear look a little different because they cannot endure this atmosphere.  The large eyes that some have described are nothing but windows in a helmet…The atmosphere in which Andromedans live is so much lighter and less dense than Earth’s.”[172]

Phillip Krapf identified the planet “Verdant,” as being home to the visitors he encountered.  He stated that their “home planet is two-and-a-half times the size of Earth, [and that it is] located in a nearby Galaxy 14 million light years from Earth.  [Its] atmosphere is similar to Earth’s [although it has] just a slightly higher oxygen content.  Verdant’s “temperature ranges are also comparable to ours in a naturally occurring state, although they have complete control over the weather and climate and can adjust either, including temperature, to suit their needs.  Their sun is slightly larger than Earth’s but their planet is also in orbit a bit farther away from it so that they get about the same amount of heat and light as Earth does from its own sun.”[173]

Krapf also stated that “A year on their planet (Verdant) would equal about three Earth years, or roughly 1,000 Earth days.  A day on their planet however, is equal to about 55 Earth hours.  There are 17 planets in their solar system.”  He also mentioned that the average lifespan of a visitor from Verdant is “20,000 years.”[174]

Norm has mentioned the Intergalactic Confederation.  Krapf spoke of a similar organization, which he calls the “Intergalactic Federation of Sovereign Planets (IFSP). [175]  Krapf tells us that “so far, something like 27,000 species have been assimilated into the Universal Alliance of planetary civilizations.  200 species are “confined” to their home planets (this is apparently because these species are not permitted to pose a threat to other worlds).[176]

Norm describes the Intergalactic Confederation as “an informal umbrella organization of no specific structure or purpose.  The Intergalactic Command however, is held together by the Sirian’s great desire to host and play an important role in events of great historical and military importance.  Dals, formerly known as Pleiadians (or Plejarans), come through a portal just beyond the Pleiades, which is currently closed.  They will return in about 12 years.  Lyrians were the first humans apart from the founders and pathfinders.  They are shape shifters who prefer human form as a sort of whimsy.  They have no usual form.  They are light beings, capable of existence in more than one dimension at the same time.  Orions are mean SOBs with serious attitude, see “Men-in-Black” (MIB).  They would find some of our attitudes and behaviors absolutely terrifying.  Our existence would be so stressful to them as to cause serious mental and physical disorders.  They are just trying to save us in their own way.  Reptoids are semi-permanent residents of the Earth sphere in semi-solid form, though technically not a present physical presence.  Current behavior is really starting to stretch the limits of that definition.  They are in a very real sense us.  They are our past.  No one knows what the consequences of messing with [these creatures] would be.  Sirians are the ambassadors of the universe.  They are proud, pompous and verbose.  They have a genetic link [to us], but their pride prevents them from making full use of it, after all we are relatively insignificant in the grand scheme of things, or so they think.”

Courtney Brown, “using a system of subspace surveillance” (SRV), participated in a “remote viewing” search for Extraterrestrial Life.  He found that, “there was once an ancient Martian civilization that was destroyed by a natural disaster involving a comet or asteroid.  A highly advanced group of extraterrestrials that we now call the Greys arrived on that planet with the approval of a loosely organized galactic organization (the “Galactic Federation”), soon after the disaster and rescued the surviving Martians.  Due to the Grey’s technological capabilities (their ships travel across time as well as space), they were able to bring many Martian survivors to our current time period.  The Martians were established in temporary underground colonies on Mars and given a limited level of technology that allowed them to sustain their now relatively small population.  They also have the capability to fly brief interplanetary trips to earth.  Mars is essentially a dead world except for these refugees.  The goal of these Martians is to transfer all of their surviving population to Earth…One underground facility was located in New Mexico, apparently under a mountain named Santa Fe Baldy.  This facility seems to be used as a center for operations while Martian-controlled ships deliver supplies to surface villages on Earth containing groups of Martian emigrants.”[177]

I have read about a number of other types of visitors, but very few details appear to be available.  The ones that are most often spoken of have been described as Andromedans, Beam Ship entities, Arcturans, Aryan Blondes, Blues (apparently cute little guys, possibly androgynous), Centaurians, and Vegans.  With so many different kinds of apparent visitors, and an even vaster number of locations for them to have come from, I wanted to know which ones were specifically coming here.  This prompted me to go back to my original line of questioning, and so I asked them, “Where do you come from, and are there visitors like you coming to us from other places?”

Mac states that there are at least three different groups of visitors coming here from other places.  Tashni also believes that there is a minimum of three, but added her view that “sub-groups have developed.”  As a follow on question I then asked, “are there other inhabited planets you know of like ours, but haven’t been able to visit?”

Tashni said “No.”

This brings to mind questions on the future and how the visitors have been portrayed in the past.

Nostradamus 

The “Master of Mysterious Predictions,” Nostradamus, may have referred to visitors in several of his famous quatrains:

            10 Q 42.          “Le regne humain d’Angtique geniture,

                                     Fera son regne paix union tenir:

                                    Captiue guerre demy de sa closture,

                                    Longtemps la paix leur fera maintenir.

                                    The human realm of Angelic offspring,

                                    Will cause its (or his) realm to hold in peace and union:

                                    War captive halfway inside its (or his) enclosure,

                                    For a long time peace will be maintained for them.”[178]

 

            1 Q 30             “La nef estrange par le tourment marin,

                                    Abourdera pres de port incongneu:

                                    No nobstant signes de rameau palmerin,

                                    Apres mort pille bon amis tard venu.

                                    Because of the torrential seas,

                                    The strange ship will arrive (or land) at an unknown port:

                                    Notwithstanding the signals from the branch of palm (radar dish?),

                                    After death, pillage: good advice (or birds) arriving late.”[179]

 

            5 Q 79             “Le sacree pompe viendra baisser les aisle,

                                    Par la venue du grand legislateur:

                                    Humble haulsera vexera les rebelles,

                                    Naistra sur terre aucun aemulateur.

                                    The sacred pomp will come to lower its wings,

                                    At the coming of the great legislator:

                                    He will raise the humble, he will vex the rebels,

                                    None of his like will be born on (this) Earth.”[180] 

Other Forms of Life

Well as you have seen, there is an incredible variety in the numbers of different kinds of visitors, but what about other kinds of life?  This thought prompted me to ask the crew.  “What kinds of animals, fish, birds and other life are there on the other worlds?”

Tashni states that “all things have sentience.”  Norm adds “almost everything that is here exists somewhere else, although because of our abundance of water we have a much more varied aquatic life than most.”

Just for general interest, even human behavior can mirror that of some animals when it comes to coping with stress.  Within my group of competitive skydivers, sometimes the team or one of its members can have a “bad day.”  When things go wrong, or one member becomes so severely aggrieved with the conduct or display of “less than helpful” skills of the others, he may just wander off some distance to repack his rig and “cool down.”  Our coach John tells us that when this happens, leave the individual well enough alone.  In other words, “don’t poke the animals.”[181]

“What is valuable to you, in terms of way of life, home possessions, minerals, things and activities enjoyed?” 

Tashni noted that “learning is important.  As such, it is the knowledge and wisdom of what is done with it.”

“How did the visits of other off-world beings affect your world, and how are yours affecting theirs and ours now?” 

Back to her “short” replies, Tashni said, “joy, jubilation initially.”

“Are you conducting an exchange of visitors between your home and ours, and with other planets? 

The master of the one word reply, Tashni answered with a “yes.” 

“How has it worked out, and how far back in time has it been going on?” 

She replied that “it has worked well since the beginning.”

“Were you visited by others first, or were you the first to visit others?  How did the first visits work out?” 

Mac told me that “our people tried to kill some of the first visitors, and that some were killed, some captured and some are still here.”  Tashni states only “no, and asks, “who can define first?”  (She seems to think that it is a “chicken and egg thing”). 

It has been suggested, and even “remotely viewed” that a number of the Russian and American space-probes that have been sent to Mars have been “shot down” (quite literally).  I therefore asked the group, “What happened to our previous probes and satellites that went to Mars and other planets?”

Tashni told me that “we have them.”

When I asked her what they were doing with them and why they are interfering in our attempts to learn more about what is beyond our planet, she replied that “they serve no purpose for you and would not have given you any real information.” 

I thought to myself, “Isn’t that something that we should be permitted to learn for ourselves?”  Speaking aloud, I asked, “Have your understood the messages that we sent out in the probes?” 

She answered, “Yes.”

General Stubblebine (an American Army officer formerly in charge of a “Remote Viewing Project Team or “RVPT”), reportedly stated that, “As far as UFOs are concerned, they can be tracked, we have looked at the propulsion system for them (and) you can track them back to where they came from.”  He also stated “I will also tell you that there are machines on the surface of Mars, and there are machines under the surface of Mars that you can look at, you can find out in detail, you can see what they are, where they are, who they are, (and that) its moving, the machinery is moving.”[182]

“Have you encountered other craft lost in space, or found in your area, that come from elsewhere and from those who you have not yet been in contact?” 

Again a short reply, with Tashni stating, “Not as you can understand.”

“Do we have visitors who have always lived here, that we have not been aware of, such as those underground or undersea?  Can we communicate with them, and are they in communication with us, or do they avoid contact with us, and if so why?” 

Tashni responded by telling me “yes, you have not been alone,” adding “they will contact us as required.”

Joel Achenbach spoke with astronomer Carl Sagan “about space, alien abductions, superstition, the short comings of science and education and the failure of the SETI (Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence) programs to detect intelligent life in the universe.  Sagan offered some “possible explanations for the silence of the stars,” just before he died.  His comments on the subject were:

“One possibility is they’re as little interested in communications with us as we are with them.  Another possibility is that no one has the adequate technology to broadcast over intergalactic distances.  Especially if you’re broadcasting in all directions to all the nearby galaxies.  It does take huge amounts of power…Another possibility is that a different technology is used to communicate, because they don’t want to get us at this early stage.  They only want to communicate with a civilization that has managed to avoid self-destruction by being around long enough to invent Zeta waves.  I don’t know what Zeta waves are, but they’re much better than radio…Then there’s the Zoo Hypothesis, and that is a variant of the prime directive (Non-interference).  That is, that they’re here.  And they are studying us.  But they have such enormous technological capabilities that we don’t know that they are here.”[183]

David Koerner and Simon LeVay have commented on the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI), reporting that, “Radio pioneers Nikola Tesla and Guglielmo Marconi both believed they had actually detected signals from other worlds.”[184]

Author David Jacobs has come to the conclusion “that human civilization may be in for a rapid and perhaps disastrous change not of our design…the reason for this change – alien integration (which will) soon bring about dramatic social change…Everything the aliens do is logical, rational, and goal-oriented.  With the use of superior technology, both physical and biological, they are engaging in the systematic and clandestine physiological exploitation and perhaps alteration, of human beings for the purposes of passing on their genetic capabilities to progeny who integrate into human society and without doubt, control it.  Their agenda is self-centered, not human-centered, as would be expected from a program that stresses reproduction.  In the end it is possible that it will be of some benefit to us, but if we survive as a species, the price for this charity will be relinquishment of the freedom to dictate our own destiny and, most likely, our personal freedom as well.”[185]

Continuing with my questions to the group, I asked them, “Can you travel through time, or use it within your own technological means?” 

Tashni says “yes.”

Reg Miller channeled the information that, “There exists at present only one method to travel between the stars.  To do so, a device is needed to sense the presence of individual gossamer tendrils of Primal Energy and to sense the presence of individual Primal Energy types.  Only the ancient traders have mastered such a device and this is part of their great “Sails.”…Along with the Traders’ sensing device, another machine similar to a super computer is needed to remember where everything is.  Since everything is constantly moving, it is a task that has only been mastered by the communal mind of the Traders.”[186]

What do your fear from us, and what should we fear from you?  Can this be overcome, and if so how?”

Tashni states that “we have no fear of you.  Fear is a dangerous thing, learn to love and trust.”

“What do you like about us, and what should we like about you?” 

Tashni responded with, “freewill, polarities, emotion.  It is not for you to like us.”

“Is it safe on your world, (atmosphere and living conditions etc.), and if not, why not?”

Tashni tells me that, “yes, it is safe.”

“What can we do to make it possible for safe and equitable exchanges?”

Tashni states “love, trust.” 

Do you make art, and if so what materials are used and what does it look like?  Is artwork revered or of interest to you?” 

Tashni points out that from their way of life and point of view, “art is in being.”

“Do you make music and if so what does it sound like?  What kinds of instruments are used?  Do you listen to it telepathically?” 

Norm informed me that “there is so much diversity.  There is an exchange of ideas on a subconscious level.”   Tashni believes that, “music is in being.”

“Do you have a government and do they engage in power struggles with others?  Are your systems mirrored in ours and if so, in what way?”

Tashni replied, “yes and no.”  She believes that “Governments mean that there is control and competition which moves everyone away from trust and love.  In our way, we have those who are “esteemed,” for want of a better word, and they command, or we look to them as those who have a macro vision.”  She agrees with Ken Eagle Feather, that “other species do have a more militaristic command structure.”

According to Ken Eagle Feather, although it is “Somewhat anarchistic, the ET social structure is such that they have leaders, but there is not a conflict for control of institutions.  Each being has a sense of its own direction.  Each being honours its function in the whole.  So why should the being strive to different states?”[187] 

Spiritual and Religious Concepts 

“What concepts of religion do visitors have?” 

Tashni states that they believe in a “Supreme beingness.”

“How do you deal with your injured and dying?  Do you bury or otherwise dispose of your dead, and are they memorialized?”  

Norm advised me that “their dead are always with them, just as our dead are always with us.   Native American  traditionalists know this, just as traditionalists all over the world do.  The dead are remembered and welcomed back when they return.  There is a full range here too.  The more primitive a people are, the more they cut themselves off from their dead.”  Tashni states they “assist them to where they need to go,” and added, “we do have a different sense of being.”  As far as she is concerned, the question is, “Not relevant.”

“If you are injured, how can we help treat you?” 

Tashni states, quite simply, with, “love.”

“Are your gravesites marked in any special way.  More specifically, how are your wise and worthy ancestors honored?  How should the bodies of those who have died here be handled or given respect?” 

Norm informed me that visitor’s bodies are, “for the most part, considered unimportant.  Local customs prevail, and once a way is decided upon, it is respected, whatever it is.  Ancestors are universally revered.”  

“Do visitors grieve for those who have been lost or who die during your expeditions?  What about the “missing, presumed lost?” 

Norm commented on this question by telling me that, “for the most part everyone already knows.  It is customary for one to make last visits out of body just before one departs for the next dimension.  Most of us wouldn’t dream of leaving without one last good-bye.  Some of the traditions around this are completely out of our conscious frame of reference, yet we do the same, we are just unaware of it.”  Tashni states that these are “human emotions only.”  The dead are “vessels only” and that “there is no grief, because the essence remains.”

Again on the subject of crashes, it has been reported that there were no less than “16 UFO crashes between 1945 and 1950 in the USA” alone.[188]  With this in mind, I asked, “Are there visitors that have gone missing and not been found, that you believe may be still here, and do you send out rescue teams, and if so, how do they work?”

Tashni first stated “no,” and then later changed this to say, “when necessary.  We attempt not to interfere.”

William Cooper claims that “In 1953, at least ten more crashed discs were discovered along with 26 dead and four live aliens.  Of the 10 crashes, four were found in Arizona, two in Texas, one in New Mexico, one in Louisiana, one in Montana and one in South Africa.”[189]

 With that many accidents there must be a great number of victims and survivors.  “What can we do to help visitors in finding and aiding crash victims?  (An Earth concept that I hope is shared elsewhere). 

Tashni told me that we should, “love them.”

“Have we tried to visit you (on other planes, planets and dimensions) in the past and been successful, and if so, how, where and when?”

Tashni said, “yes, we’ve tried, and no, we were not successful.  We came to you.”

“Was our planet advanced enough at some time in the past to have had meaningful exchanges of information with visitors?” 

“Yes, a few times,” from Tashni.  Whitley Strieber said that, it is possible that “the visitors are real and are slowly coming into contact with us according to an agenda of their own devising, which proceeds as human understanding increases.  If they are not from our universe it could be necessary for us to understand them before they can emerge into our reality.  In our universe, their reality may depend on our belief.  Thus the corridor into our world could in a very true sense be through our own minds.  The idea of parallel universes is neither proven nor new.  It has a distinguished history in physics.  Of course the conditions under which movement between universes might be possible are not known.  We have seen that the visitors are not fairies, and that their ships are not figments of the mind.  Now that we know this, what more will we learn?”  Strieber adds that, “The visitor experience may be our first true quantum discovery in the large-scale world.  The very act of observing it may be creating it as a concrete actuality, with sense, definition, and a consciousness of its own.  And perhaps, in their world, the visitors are working as hard to create us.”[190]

Reg Miller’s guides stated that, “The mind of the physical body is essentially a complex formulation of Primal Energy, and since the Traders have devices that measure Primal Energy, all thoughts will ripple their sails.”[191]

“If we were so advanced once, what happened to change it?” 

Tashni stated, “you abused it.”

“What do you want to know about us that you haven’t learned yet, and is there anything we can do for you, that will benefit us both?”

Tashni told me that they wanted “to see when you are ready to evolve again.”  To clarify this, she indicated that the word was “not evolve, but move up to a higher vibration, or a more aware state.”  On a more practical note, data gleaned from the Internet indicates that the visitors are interested in copper, molybdenum, magnesium, and potassium, as well as a super-crystalline metal used for hull structure.

Biblical Visitors

“Are the flying objects described in ancient texts (Vimanas, Ezekiel’s Wheel etc.), yours or ours or both?  Were the objects accurately described and were they also reported as arriving in groups?”  No answers have been forthcoming as yet, but this is what the Book of Ezekiel tells us:

“And I looked, and behold, a whirlwind came out of the north, a great cloud, and a fire infolding itself, and a brightness was about it, and out of the midst thereof as the color of amber, out of the midst of the fire.  Also out of the midst thereof came the likeness of four living creatures.  And this was their appearance; they had the likeness of a man.  And every one had four faces, and every one had four wings.  And their feet were straight feet; and the sole of their feet was like the sole of a calf’s foot: and they sparkled like the color of burnished brass.  And they had the hands of a man under their wings on their four sides; and they four had their faces and their wings.  Their wings were joined one to another; they turned not when they went; they went everyone straight forward.  As for the likeness of their faces, they four had the face of a man, and the face of a lion, on the right side: and they four had the face of an ox on the left side; they four also had the face of an eagle.  Thus were their faces: and their wings were stretched upward; two wings of every one were joined one to another, and two covered their bodies.  And they went every one straight-forward: whither the spirit was to go, they went; and they turned not when they went.  And as for the likeness of the living creatures, their appearance was like burning coals of fire, and like the appearance of lamps: it went up and down among the living creatures; and the fire was bright, and out of the fire went forth lightning.  And the living creatures ran and returned as the appearance of a flash of lightning.  Now as I beheld the living creatures, behold one wheel upon the earth by the living creatures, with his four faces.  The appearance of the wheels and their work was like unto the color of a beryl: and they four had one likeness: and their appearance and their work was as it were a wheel in the middle of a wheel.  When they went, they went upon their four sides: and they turned not when they went.  As for their rings, they were so high that they were dreadful, and their rings were full of eyes round about them four.  And when the living creatures went, the wheels went by them: and when the living creatures were lifted up from the earth, the wheels were lifted up.  Whithersoever the spirit was to go, they went, thither was their spirit to go; and the wheels were lifted up over against them: for the spirit of the living creature was in the wheels.  When those went, these went; and when those stood, these stood; and when those were lifted up from the earth, the wheels were lifted up over against them; for the spirit of the living creature was in the wheels.  And the likeness of the firmament upon the heads of the living creature was as the color of the terrible crystal, stretched forth over their heads above.  And under the firmament were their wings straight, the one toward the other: every one had two, which covered on this side, and every one had two, which covered on that side, their bodies.  And when they went, I heard the noise of their wings, like the noise of great waters, as the voice of the Almighty, the voice of speech, as the noise of a host: when they stood, they let down their wings.  And there was a voice from the firmament that was over their heads, when they stood and had let down their wings.  And above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne, as the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it.  And I saw as the color of amber, as the appearance of fire round about within it, from the appearance of his loins even upward and from the appearance of his loins even downward, I saw as it were the appearance of fire, and it had brightness round about.  As the appearance of the bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain, so was the appearance of the brightness round about.”[192]

When I sent this material to Tashni, she told me that “the place around her grew Silent.”  Then she just started writing, and the following message came through her:

“You use writings from Ezekiel and we smile.  It is similar today in your world. 

You grow annoyed at our short answers, but they do suffice.  They are complete.  We mean no disrespect with our replies, but do point out that you make much effort to find us wrong or (prove our) non-existence.  You ask for proof, and yet will not look at what we provide.  Answers can provide information that is used to disprove us.  So we answer simply and in (dealing with) that, you (need to) perhaps look for answers from within.  The fact that (our) answer annoys you, speaks to us of your unpreparedness to listen openly.”

“We come to you in peace.  We are servants to you.  We will assist you in all that you wish.  We will not force you to move forward.  Such is your free will.  You will move forward as a result of what is mandated to you by your planet.  Where you will go will depend on your level of readiness.  “How well you packed your bags,” some might say.  Each must make decisions of where to be in the coming times.  As in the times of your earth writer Ezekiel, it will be strange to some, fearful to many but for those who are ready, who are packed, it will be joyful.  They will move on.  We welcome them all.”

When I asked Tashni who it was that she thought was commenting on the Ezekiel material, she told me that, “It was a group, more than one.  Very light feeling beings, very kindly, warm, comfortable.  They spoke as a group, as one.  My sense was they were just with me when I was reading the material, and when I read the Ezekiel piece there appeared to be a general sense of, well, chuckling…It wasn’t of course.”  She added that, “in the past, I have somehow identified with Ezekiel.  I have read the accounts myself in the Bible…drawn to the Old Testament, and felt that it was important to read it.  I did.  Some of those quoted there obviously mis-interpreted what was being given them.  But that is where the fear of God originated.  It is so similar today.  These beings come with words, “Fear not,” “we come in peace.”  But because they were different from those on the ground, they did all of those things, “Fear, believe they did not come in peace.”  Why are we any different?”

Barbara Marciniak speaks often of the visitors and states that, “some of them are already here.  They walk your streets and participate in your academies, your government, and your work places.  They are here to observe, and there are here to direct energy.  Some come for great assistance, and some are here to learn and evolve.  Some do not have the highest of intentions.  You must understand how to discern the extraterrestrial energies.  This is a free-will universe, so all forms of life are allowed here.”[193]

Now as to how they walk, Phillip Krapf reported that “They had a strange walk.  Rather than a slight bobbing up and down, typical of the walk of most humans, the aliens seemed to glide along smoothly, almost as though they were on wheels rather than legs, with no discernible vertical movement of the body as they stepped from one leg to the other.”[194]

By now you can see that visitor reports are not new.  The Bible is not the only ancient textbook place where these reports can be found and I therefore I decided to put the question to my friends. 

“What other ancient reports exist and are they in a place where we could find them, examine them and use them as a reference to learn more about the visitors?”  (I have not received a response to this question thus far).

“By now you have a few questions of your own, would you care to ask them? “

Tashni affirmed that she had, “no questions,” but strongly advised that I “be cautious of misinformation.”  Norm said, “do not hope for an end to questions, learn to treasure them.  A good question to answer leads to a good life.”  I replied that, “a closed book is difficult to read, debate, comment on, or criticize, if the pages cannot be turned.”  Norm pointed out in response, that “the book is long.”  I indicated that this was duly noted, and that my search for answers to my questions would continue.  With that to guide me, there are more to follow:

“Have you found the remains of intelligently constructed or artificially manufactured structures on other planets, that are no longer inhabited, and what do they look like?”

Tashni gave that most maddening of replies (one word) again, but this time said, “Yes.” 

 Well, “what?” I thought, but moved on to the next question.  “How did you get here?  This brings me to the subject of the technical details and descriptions of their ships. 

Types of Ships

Do you bring lots of smaller reconnaissance craft in one large ship, or do you all voyage together in convoy?”

Mac and Tashni both stated that they come in “large and smaller ships.”  Mac added, “there are four ships per “pod.”  We had a rather lengthy interview on the subject.    To recap portions of the interview, Mac’s visitors stated that “the main ship holds 30 “pods.”  A pod is a refueling station for four ships.  The fuel involves restoring a battery storage unit.”  Norm said something similar.  Mac said, “it is electrical, like the storage battery of a car.”  Tashni on the other hand says, “no, it is not electrical.”  Mac also volunteered the information that, “the main ship comes from the back side of Jupiter.”  Tashni added, “they come from behind the Moon as well.”  Apparently “all pods leave from these places because “they” cannot be detected.  When asked why “they” cannot be detected, the visitors maintained that they were “not here to answer that.”

According to a number of widely varying reports, there are at least four different types of visitor spacecraft that have been documented.  These include vessels that are “Elliptical or disk-shaped, 50 feet to 300 feet in diameter, with a thickness about 15% of the diameter, not including the dome which is 30%; Fuselage or cigar shape, 2000feet long and 95 feet thick; Ovoid or circular shape, 30 feet to 40 feet long, with a thickness 20% of its length; and an Airfoil or triangular shape, with the longest side about 300 feet.”[195] 

It has also been claimed that Wright-Patterson AFB may have “a number of (visitor) wrecks and (at least) 30 bodies.”[196]

According to Mac, the visitors use “magnetic pulse generation for propulsion.  This involves the use of a pulse of positive and negative energy.”  Mac spoke about “Cryogenics,” and the visitor responded that this was “used to keep the magnetic flux cold.”

Tashni mentioned that her information was that they use “photonic energy,” because “plus” (or more accurately “positive”) and negative energy do not work in this atmosphere.  She feels that the use of this kind of energy would create tension in the Earth’s magnetic grid.”   It is her understanding that “other types of energy causes fluctuations in the Earth’s resonance grid, and in the magnetic grid of the planet,” which ultimately has an effect on nuclear reactors.  “This has been a constant source of concern for most visitors.  The nuclear reactors are not stable on this planet.”  Since we have been made more than well aware of the terrible incidents at “Three Mile Island,” and the disaster at “Chernobyl,” I am sure most of us would be in agreement with this perspective.

Jose Argulles states, “Within Earth’s crystal core, the interdimensional hoard of knowledge, “the wizard’s lore,” is stored and kept.  Here the (harmonic) resonance is maintained between Earth and “heaven,” the planet Uranus (which is) Earth’s harmonic twin.”[197]

Mac discussed warp field generation, stating that “it involves the bending of space and time.”  Tashni contradicted this, stating “no, space and time are dimensional.”  Mac’s sources have told him that that “the magnetic shield is in the lower part of the craft to shield the inhabitants.”  When asked about the “inhabitants,” Mac’s visitor asked, “are you not an inhabitant when you ride in a car?”  Mac added, “they tap into hydropower to return to the “pod” from time to time.”  Ever contradictory, Tashni doesn’t think this is so.  Both Mac and Tashni agree, however, that every crewmember can fly and navigate the craft, either by telepathic command or manually.  All systems are controlled by artificial intelligence in order to “contain” what Mac refers to as the “magnetic pulse system,” while the Tashni tended to call it the “photonic energy system.” 

Mac stated that the visitors use energy beams, not waves, while Tashni firmly believes that they just use “energy.”  These “beams” or sources of energy are constantly manipulated to create flight.  The ships will not burn up at high speed because a magnetically contained field completely surrounds each craft.  The atmosphere cannot affect it.  The vehicles can maneuver at a 90 degree angle, and each one change the direction of its’ “pulse.”  The change is instantaneous.  The crew is contained in (a protective) “field” to prevent crushing.  The main ship is used within the solar system.  It can be used outside it, but travel is too long and the smaller craft would only be used for such long distance travel in extreme emergencies.  They do have the capability to get to all the solar systems in the universe.  Mac was given to understand that the four-crew ship couldn’t travel between galaxies.  Tashni stated they use cryogenics to keep themselves in a state that would permit this kind of travel. 

Inside each pod are a number of “collector ships.”  Each collector ship can change its’ visual image depending on its location on the Earth.  Tashni calls this an illusional field.  Each four crew ship has its’ own means of mass destruction, which can be used both for protection and for collecting.  These (weapons) are used to deter outside intervention.  When asked whom it is that they need to be protected from, (as in other visitors, or us?), Tashni responded with “both.” 

Mac told me that if one of the crew were to enter the “power chamber,” he would be destroyed immediately.  The power chamber is a dangerous place and Norm added that he “wouldn’t want to stand in the middle of a power plant anywhere.”  Norm also added that “for most systems, light can also be contained within the light proof hull.  The wavelengths emitted can be at any part of the spectrum, visible or invisible, meaning we only see them when they want us to see them.”     

Mac indicated that “the characteristic glow of a ship is heat and energy given off  by the magnetic pulse system.”  Tashni contradicted this by saying, “no, it is just an energy field.” 

Mac’s visitors told him that the noise produced is contained within a soundproof hull.  The noise can be produced on purpose if necessary.  Tashni thinks that they are telling us this because “humans love drama.”  She also tells me that, “Speaking of the noise of the ships still sends…shivers down (her) spine.”  She thinks that “the noise is more of a rounding up call.”  As one of her friends once said, “if they are so darned advanced, why do their ships make so much noise?”  She agrees with this, and states that she “can only surmise” that “it has another purpose.”  For her, “the sound is like someone dragging their nails down a chalkboard.  It may be like an alarm bell for those who are to go on board.  Even if I do not feel the ship’s presence, or more truthfully, those on board, the sound lets me know where they are.”  She informed me that her hair was standing up as she wrote this.

“And he rode upon a cherub, and did fly: yea, he did fly upon the wings of the wind.”[198]

There are many other theories on how the visitor’s craft are powered.  The following is a portion of what is claimed to be an extract from a Military Preliminary Investigation Report dated 16 July 1947, concerning an investigation into a recovered “Flying Disc.” 

“It is believed that the main propulsion system is a bladeless turbine…as the craft moves through the atmosphere, it somehow draws the hydrogen from the atmosphere and by an induction process, generates an atomic fusion reaction…The air outside the craft would be ionized, thus, propelling the craft forward.  Coupled with the circular air-foil for lift, the craft would presumably have an unlimited range and airspeed.  This may account for the reported absence of any noise.”[199]

This report apparently included the following information.  “There is a flight deck located inside the cupola section.  It is round and domed at the top.  The absence of canopy, observation windows/blisters, or any optical projection, lends support to the opinion that this craft is wither guided by remote viewing or is remotely controlled.”[200]

One of the curious things that turns up in various reports is that “people who claim to have seen the insides of these things sometimes report that the interiors are much larger than external appearance would otherwise indicate.”  Stan Kulibowski states that this phenomenon might be like what “one of us might expect to experience when confronted with a four dimensional space…(it appears to be) based on good mathematics and related to the fundamental physics of our universe.”[201]

Mac’s guides continued to discuss the subject of flight, with the following information being channeled through him.  “While in flight there is no sensation of movement, unless one is monitoring the viewing screens.  The viewing ports are used only when flying at slower speeds during reconnaissance.  The visitors have indicated that the time it takes for them to transit from Earth to the Moon is two to five minutes, depending on the Earth’s location.  The distance from Earth to Jupiter in “pod” flight is 23 minutes.  The distance to the last planet is 1 hour and 32 minutes.  The transit time from the last planet to the “visitors” destination is only 30 seconds.” 

“Where can this destination be,” I wondered.  Always more questions than answers. 

Norm stated that the visitor’s craft are “capable of travel between galaxies.  Travel between galaxies involves an inter-dimensional jump.  Time travel is possible, though in some cases not practical.  To do an inter-dimensional jump one must accelerate to 1.6 times the speed of light.  Obviously this can be done much faster in a smaller craft.  The inter-dimensional jump is instantaneous but even in a small craft it takes 12 hours to get up to speed and another 12 to slow down again.  In a larger ship the acceleration period can be up to six months with slowing down taking almost as long.  The more archaic the technology, the longer the time that it takes to get up to speed.  Some planets have ships that take more than five years to reach jump speed.  There is a full array of available technologies.  Everyone is different.”

On the subject of distance and time of flight, Ken Eagle Feather stated “In Earth time, travel to the Pleiades is one year on a mother ship, one second on other ships, but due to bulk, delicate instruments and geological artifacts from different planets require us to go a little slower…We cause no disturbances such as your jet propulsion.”[202]

Rosalind McKnight stated that the visitors have “been conducting something like research on earth for a long time.  They have been observing us closely…They are quite a distance from us – actually in another galaxy.  They have special platforms where they keep their mother ships.  They don’t need to be too close to the earth.  They are also studying planets in other galaxies.” [203]

“Are there many different types of craft or vehicles?  How do your ships compare to other visitor’s ships?

Norm stated that “all are similar, but generally fitted for the being.”  Norm also noted that “there are a few “pirates” around, most of them from low grade planets hoping to upgrade their technology by lifting some high tech from someone else.  The top-of-the-line guys however, don’t need weapons.  You can’t steal their stuff because it’s telepathically coded to work only for them.  No one else will even find the door.  There is very little violence between planetary groups, but some systems endure civil wars between elements of their own populations.  There is an Intergalactic Command that imposes quick and massive retribution against perpetrators of intergalactic expansionism.”

Courtney Brown has determined that, “There is a war in space and beyond.  This war has just now reached our borders.  What is at stake is not the awakening of a foolish humanity that wants to keep its head buried in the sand, but a future for our children that is free from fear, imprisonment, and possibly genetic slavery or even genocide.  We are entering a new stage in a long battle in which we must fight for the survival of our species.  We are now living in an age that requires courage above all things.  If fortune favors the bold, so must be our destiny.”[204]

I would counter this with the comment that “they are the ones who should be worried.  There is far more light on this planet than any visitor can hope to cope with.  This is the great secret that they fear most, that we will discover our abilities and turn them away.  “Only love and light are allowed on this planet.  Only love and light are permitted to be here.  All others are to leave immediately.”  If the dark side comes, it will meet the fate of J.R.R. Tolkien’s Ugluk:

“So it was that they did not see the last stand, when Ugluk “of the fighting Uruk-hai,” was overtaken and brought to bay at the very edge of Fangorn.  There he was slain at last by Eomer, the Third Marshal of the Mark, who dismounted and fought him sword to sword.  And over the wide fields the keen-eyed Riders hunted down the few Orcs that had escaped and still had strength to fly.”[205]

William Bramley’s view is even more grim.  He theorizes that, “Human beings appear to be a slave race languishing on an isolated planet in a small galaxy.  As such, the human race was once a source of labour for an extraterrestrial civilization and still remains a possession today.  To keep control over its possession and to maintain Earth as something of a prison, that other civilization has bred never-ending conflict between human beings, has promoted human spiritual decay, and has erected on Earth conditions of unremitting hardship.  This situation has existed for thousands of years and it continues today.”[206] 

I find Bramley’s view a little too far from the centre, but one must remember, there is always a different point of view and each one will have his own perspective or “take,” on any given subject.  It is only fair to offer comparisons and different ranges of opinion when discussing visitors.

I went back to ask more about their ships.  “How big are the largest of your craft?” 

Both Mac and Norm indicated that their mother ships were “half the size of your Moon.”  (Our Moon is about 1/10 of the size of Earth, which has a rough circumference of 25,000 miles, so this would mean that these craft possibly have a circumference of 1,250 miles).

Phillip Krapf described the craft he was taken onboard this way.  “The giant ship itself stretched out before us for what seemed to be at least half a mile, and I watched perhaps half a dozen shuttle craft come and go from several ports along the bow of the superstructure.  Large floodlights played across the ship and a thousand portholes shone with interior lights.”[207] 

He added that this particular ship had “a radius of about ¾ of a mile, or a diameter of about a mile-and-a-half.  It has 16 decks along the outer rim, which is about 200 feet thick at that point, and gradually rises to its highest point of 234 decks or about 3,000 feet thick in the center…through its latitudinal axis, there are eight decks below and eight decks above on the rim, ranging to the center point of 117 decks below and 117 above the centerline.”[208]

He indicated that “There are 32,000 personnel aboard, most of them scientists who conduct the studies of the planet under observation.  Computers, of course, run the entire ship, as it requires only a handful of crew members to oversee its operation.”[209]  He also explained that “the cruiser is never visible from Earth because it always keeps itself positioned on the far side of the moon in direct line with Earth.[210]

Mac stated that the main ship deploys its pods from the backside of Jupiter.  Norm said that he had “heard this before, and thought that it may be reliable, but that would be the practice of one race out of the hundreds that come here.”

“How do you communicate with your craft and each other when here and when at home?” 

“Telepathically,” as Tashni has already indicated.  Norm tells me that the crew has “an interactive telepathic conversation with the ship.” 

“Does a “ship” ever talk back or get owly in the morning before it’s had its’ coffee?” 

“Ships can get real snarly,” Norm replied.  “All good pilots and captains from everywhere know that.  Is it us trimming the ship or does the ship trim us?  It’s a paradox.  There is an active intelligence that comes from neither the ship nor the pilot that affects them both.” 

“Can we communicate with you and your ships in the same manner?  How can we contact you, and you us?”

Tashni tells me, “yes, we are in contact now.”  Norm mentions that this, “depends on how you classify communication.  You can communicate with rocks if you are intelligent enough.  Believe me the rocks are doing their part.”

“How are your ships powered?”

Tashni states that there are “variations.”  The power chamber is a dangerous place and as Norm has already commented, he “wouldn’t want to stand in the middle of a power plant anywhere.”  He added that, “for most systems, light can also be contained within the ship’s light proof hull.  The wavelengths emitted can be at any part of the spectrum, visible or invisible, meaning we can only see them when they want us to see them.  Many different sounds and light sequences can be produced on demand.”  Norm adds, “the ships can change size and color, and that many of the visitors are also our ancestors, coming here from the sixth or higher dimension.  They are, in fact, coming back to show us what they have become.  The sixth dimension is the home of our ancestors.  It is the crossover dimension to what lies beyond, and it is from the dimension beyond the sixth that these beings come.  While locked in the cycle of birth and rebirth, an entity stays in the sixth Dimension (6D).  Once an entity has left the cycle and moved on, one leaves the sixth dimension, but it remains a sort of portal.  Using physical cross dimensional channels, called “portals” is relatively safe, predictable and reliable.”

David Icke tells us that “As the time-space portals re-open, more extraterrestrials will be visiting this dimension and we will be seeing more UFO activity.”[211]

“Can we develop the same ships and power systems with our present level of knowledge and technology?” 

Tashni states that “soon we will give you the system.”  Concerning technical manuals, Norm states that “the crews carry out something like an interactive telepathic conversation with the ship.  Sometimes a pilot will try to bleed a little extra performance out of the ship.  Pushing the envelope tends to put one in hot water here, but living on the edge is what being an aviator (of sorts) is about.  Time travel came about because someone was looking for the ultimate dimensional edge.  It turned out to be the ultimate growth tool.”

Colonel Philip Corso has indicated that, “Today, items such as lasers, integrated circuitry, fiber-optics networks, accelerated particle beam devices, and even the Kevlar material in bulletproof vests are all commonplace.  Yet the seeds for the development of all of them were found in the crash of the alien craft at Roswell…It was alien technology that we used: lasers, accelerated particle beam weapons and aircraft equipped with “Stealth” features.”[212]

Wilbert Smith, a senior radio engineer with the Canadian Department of Transport (he died in 1962), concluded in a 1953 secret Project Magnet report, “that the UFOs exhibited a technology considerably in advance of ours…a substantial effort (should be made) towards the acquisition of as much as possible of this technology.”  In a 1958 article he added, “that there was a very real and quite large gap between this alien science and the science in which I had been trained.  Certain crucial experiments were suggested and carried out, and in each case the results confirmed the validity of the alien science.  Beyond this point the alien science just seemed to be incomprehensible.”  He also stated that, “every nation on this planet has been officially informed of the existence of the spacecraft and their occupants from elsewhere, and as nation’s they must accept responsibility for any lack of action or for any official position which they may take.”[213]

Jill Tarter is not so sure, stating that, “Now I don’t think that they’re picking up Aunt Harriet and Uncle Charlie off the street and taking them up to their spacecraft for nefarious purposes.  But we can’t say for sure there isn’t some long, slow spacecraft orbiting the asteroids and chopping up a bunch of raw materials, which some people suggest an advance civilization might do…I don’t even agree that they’re not here.”[214]

“What kind of propulsion system do you use to power your ships, and can it be adapted to our systems and technology?”

Tashni used the term “photon energy.”  Mac said that, “they use energy beams not waves.  These are constantly manipulated to create flight.  The ships will not burn at high speed because a magnetic field completely surrounds the craft.”  On an affirmative note, Tashni added that this is “also because the material they are made of is very resilient and relatively indestructible.  The ships posted here on a full time basis, however, are subject to corrosion by atmospheric pollution.”  Norm states that, “top of the line ships can waver backwards and forwards in time, creating a sort of “now you see them, now you don’t” effect.”  He further indicated that “it is very effective when you really don’t want to be noticed.”  Also, “some ships use “sweepers” that remove any trace of their existence so not even a powerful psychic or other time traveler can tell they’ve been there.” 

“How are your sources of power harnessed, and will you be able to show us how to use them?”

Tashni stated that, “we will show them when it is necessary.” 

“When did you first come here?”

Tashni responded with, “eons ago.”  This response corresponds with what I have read on the Internet, in that there are those who believe that the first contact between us and a group of visitors actually began a very long time ago.  Tashni said that she understood that that we have been in contact longer than the few thousand years I was estimating.  She suggested that I should bear in mind, “the cycle of man in the last 26,000 years, and the 26,000 before that.  Earth has been around for a very long time, and so have civilizations.  When these civilizations are destroyed, all things about them are destroyed as well.  If there is nothing to find, there is nothing to remember.”  She has recently told me that she would like to add “that current thought today is that the 90’s and the early 00’s will be a lost generation because of the loss of information.  By this, she means “the use of computer technology.  As one computer is replaced by another, we lose our ability to read earlier forms of information, and if this is not stored on paper, we lose it.”  Since our technology changes so rapidly, we move from one form of record keeping to another, and lose the computer technology to read it.”  She asks, “Is this the beginning of another gap in our history?”

“Why do you come here, what are you doing while you are here, and what are some of the interesting things that have you discovered?”

Tashni said that they have come “to monitor the shift in our consciousness and to monitor an experiment” that is under way.

Professor Stanton T. Friedman, a nuclear physicist residing in Fredericton, New Brunswick, Canada, “has speculated that the reason alien intelligence may have been attracted” to what goes on here (the Philadelphia Experiment, for example), “might be because of large concentrations of electromagnetic “oversplash” produced by the experiment itself.”  He theorizes that, “if aliens are observing our world, they would be likely to have a functional electromagnetic map, and, when bright spots or points appeared, (that were) not accounted for by their grid, they would naturally investigate its source.”[215]

What are your ships like inside?  Is there a lot of room and are they comfortable to travel in?   Do you sleep during transit, or are the flights short enough for you to stay awake throughout the trip?

Tashni states that it is “not a function of comfort or not.  “Cryogenics are important when further exploring is required, but when there is a lot of work to do, it necessitates that one be in a high state of alertness.”  Norm firmly stated that “some races live thousands of years and some flights have also lasted thousands of years, especially if migration was involved.  There have been many interesting flights (which he indicated would have to be discussed at another time).  Wormholes are real unpredictable; they don’t have any practical use.” 

Aria has told me about a vision she had from inside one of the ships.  She saw herself in a corridor with high walls (about ten feet in height), that were shiny and metallic, like burnished satin finished in stainless steel.  She found herself dressed in a white full-length light-weight woven robe that flared out at the bottom.  There were lights inside the corridor, and there were two people coming towards her.  They were dressed in a tunic-like top with straight tight leggings, and tall black leather boots.  She saw a “stainless-steel-like” door to the right.  She went through this door and walked into a mist that floated straight ahead of her.  In this mist she was able to make out an older silver-haired man’s face.  He stretched out his hand and welcomed her, and asked her if she knew why she was there.  She felt that she was there as a teacher or priestess.  There was no furniture in the room, but there were others there who seemed to be sitting on some kind of small short stool, covered by their robes.  These people were all adults, and they were waiting for her to instruct them.[216]

For some reason this reminded me of storybook author C.S. Lewis speaking of people being like stars.  “But the stars in that world are not the great flaming globes they are in ours.  They are people…glittering people, all with long hair like burning silver…”[217]

“How many ships are posted here on a full time basis, and where do they “patrol,” generally?” 

Norm replied by stating, “lately upwards of one hundred are full time in the vicinity (closer than four hours away).  There are three to 100 a day passing through.  The most sophisticated craft however, get here so fast that there is no need to post them here.  The active battle group sends a squadron here only when there is danger to the planet.  If you knew the number of times that the idiots here have almost triggered nuclear wars by accident, it would tingle your spine.  They won’t step in to save us, but they’ll make sure someone else can use the planet if we decide to collectively check out. 

Flight 

“How do you train for flight, and do you have aircrew who love to fly for flight’s sake, or is flight just a means of transportation for you?”

Mac’s reply was blunt, in that he stated that flight is only used as a “means of transport.”  Tashni, however, said, “no, some are trained to use the ships, others are not.  Thought energy is used to control the vessel.” 

“Is there no flying for sport then?”

Tashni asked, “no, why?”  Norm indicated that “flying can not be done manually because of the speed of the craft.  However in battle or other situations, the pilot still has a lot of control over what goes down.  Machines still have trouble with anticipation.  If you are a pilot in battle, you sometimes just know when your opponent is going to perform a maneuver that you can exploit.  The pilots always have the right to guess when it is time to engage in a little creativity.  In battle or times of stress, the crews tend to put each person in the job that best suits them, even though theoretically everyone can do everything.”

Norm has indicated that “most of the pilots who fly for the Intergalactic Command fly because they love to fly.  Why else would they endure years of life flying in galaxies far away from their own.  Many pilots take their ships home for the weekend and park them in the front yard on some planets.  Zetas have a different idea of what’s fun than a lot of people.  But even some Zetas fly for command and after about a week they usually learn to enjoy it.  They start off all “sourpussy” and everything, but they fit in just fine sooner or later.  Except they don’t fit in with other Zetas anymore after they acclimatize elsewhere.  They have a culture that is so rich in some ways that they really don’t miss a lot of things we take for granted like a personal sense of satisfaction for example.  But they are so telepathic they can learn to be just about anything.  Those who like to fly will weasel their way into Intergalactic Command whatever planet we are born on.  It’s not legal to fly if you were born here because this planet is not yet officially space faring or a federation member, so if you remember having flown before, you are probably one of the millions who have had lives elsewhere in their very recent history.”  He added, “Zetas live underground.  There are many accounts out there of the Zetas retreat from the surface of their world.  Pollution can make planets uninhabitable.  This is a good lesson.”

As a parachutist, I am interested in flight and asked, “do the visitors have an equivalent form of sport, like “skydiving?” 

Norm responded by saying that the visitors “don’t have a lot of speed machines.  However you can attach an anti-gravity unit to your kitchen table if you want, and fly it around.  I suppose if you wanted to, you could even go up to ten thousand      feet and turn it off.  People would think you were really strange.  They generally do not pursue the kinds of athletic interests that we do.  To them a hockey or football game would be like thinking about Roman gladiators.”

“What other systems of transport and communication do visitors use?” 

Tashni stated “teleportation.”  Some planets use only remotes for space travel.  Remotes are incredibly intelligent time traveling computers that can do whatever people do, within the confines of their missions.  The visitors don’t ad-lib as much as humans.  Others are just barely capable of pulling off intergalactic travel at all.”  Norm mentions that Zeta Reticulans are technologically speaking “fair to average, but that lots of other visitors have better.”  Norm also stated that, “a transportation system” is “not necessary.  Many craft are capable of refueling from any strong electric field.  For some UFOs, this planet, Earth, is a refueling station.  They come here and hover over nuclear power plants or the Earth’s own energy vortices taking on energy.  During this time the ship actually increases its mass.  The hull is of a crystalline structure that adds to its’ weight in an atmosphere like ours and in the presence of a suitable electrical field.

Norm commented that for each three-man crew, “two are active and one is a back up.  Each crewmember has rest time built into their active duty.  One person (both men and women are pilots) can do everything on their own except combat.  It’s just nicer to have company.  Because of differences in natural abilities people gravitate towards certain positions.  The rotation of crewmembers depends on “who’s hot” at the moment.  Everyone holds up his or her end but it’s very loose as to what that means.  Other systems (have people who) are almost as anal retentive as those on Earth.  One of the best-kept secrets of military history is that the less formal the chain of command is, the more likely you are to win a long engagement.  Norm states that “we cannot exist in exactly the same dimensional reference that they do.  There has to be a shift and it has to be very carefully controlled.  Their own form does not appear to be the same when we are gone as it is when we are with them.  Their interaction is more fluid and their bodies become lighter and brighter.”

 “How many of you come at one time and how many are there here now?” 

Mac’s visitors say that the number varies from 30 to 300 at a time.  Tashni says “much more.”  Mac was very definite that there are only four visitors per ship.  Tashni states that there can be up to six, depending on the type and size of the visiting group.  Norm, of course, chose the middle ground and stated that “three would be more common.  There are six ships in a squadron and they operate in wings of three (for galactic command anyway).  The Sirians can’t do anything without a battle cruiser the size of New York and everyone has their little quirks, but the Intergalactic Command flies clean destructive little missions.  Only the Orions go for the big numbers.  They come in waves hoping they will get lucky and one of them will ram you.” 

Running down this new train of information, I asked him, “did you take them out?”  He responded by saying that this (particular battle) took place “thousands of years ago, and “yes” we took them out.”

I looked up some additional information about the Sirians on the net.  Much like “the Pleiadians, the Sirians are part of the alien-cultures who assist Earth and all her inhabitants (Humans, Animals and Nature).  Sirians are spiritual warriors, and strongly connected to life-forms of dolphins and whales.”  They believe that “a lot of people feel familiar with these life-forms, because they have lived in those forms as well, and perceive those entities as loving friends.  Sirius also stands for “a Transition Stage,” where “a state of consciousness is possible to experience for preparation for more ego-related life-forms,” such as the humanoid form.  Therefore, to their way of thinking, a “lot of people have remembrances, which are expressed by feelings to the star itself, without knowing exactly what the relation or meaning is.”[218]

Just for general reference, Sirius is a double star (and may possibly be a “triple” star) system in the constellation Canis Major (Orion’s dog).  “Sirius-A is the brightest star in the sky besides our Sun,” and it is only about 8 light-years away.  Sirius is also known to the Dogons, a tribe living in an area with the same name in western Africa (Mali).  “In the Dogon mythology,” they believe that they “have had contact with reptile-like extraterrestrials.”  In their astronomical knowledge, the Dogons have known, long before its discovery, of the existence of Sirius B, a sister/brother star of the star Sirius.  The Dogon tribe also knew “that Sirius B orbits Sirius and that an orbit takes around fifty years,” even though they lack any technical tools.  In order to explain their beliefs, the Dogon “drew sand pictures” for the French anthropologists who were trying to understand them.[219]

The Dogon have no difficulty in conceiving of intelligent life all over the universe.  They say that, “the worlds of spiraling stars were populated universes; for as he created things, Amma gave the world its shape and its movement and created living creatures.”  As far as the Dogon are concerned, they believe that, “There are creatures living on other “Earth’s,” as well as on our own.”  This proliferation of life on other worlds is illustrated by an explanation of their myths, in which it is said, “man is on the 4th Earth, but on the 3rd there are “men with horns,” (inneu gammurugu), on the 5th, “men with tails,” (inneu dollogu), and on the 6th, “men with wings,” (inneu bummo).”  The interviewer felt that “this emphasizes the ignorance of what life is on the other worlds but also the certainty that it exists.”[220] 

Records of Major Visits 

“It has been reported that on 06 Dec 1950, another ship or visitor object, probably of similar origin (to Roswell), impacted the Earth at high speed in the El-Indio, Guerrero area of the Texas-Mexican border, after following a long trajectory through the atmosphere.  By the time a search team arrived, what remained of the object had been almost          totally incinerated.  Such material as could be recovered was transported to the AEC facility at Sandia, New Mexico, for study.”  Can you provide more detail as to what happened and is happening in connection with this incident?  There are people who claim that the government does not want the public to know, because it wants to avoid public panic at all costs.  Do you concur with this reason, and if not, what is the real reason the information is not shared?”

Norm responded that, “the biologists who were non-terrestrial wouldn’t have had clearance from command.  They would have had to conceal their little experiment to make sure normal procedures were not followed.” 

Abductions 

John E. Mack, M.D., is a professor of psychiatry at The Cambridge Hospital, Harvard Medical School, and founding director of the Center for Psychology and Social Change.  His work in studying those people who have undergone the experience of being abducted should be the benchmark for measuring the validity of any other reports on the subject.  He has included a summarized description of what happens to these victims in his book Abduction.  A brief summary of some of the commonly reported details that he has gleaned, follows.

“Some abductees…report being taken into the ship through its underside or through oval portals along its edge, although often they cannot recall the moment when they entered the craft.  Once inside they may at first find that they are in a small dark room, a sort of vestibule.  But soon they are taken into one or more larger rooms where the various procedures will occur.  These rooms are brightly lit, with a hazy luminosity from indirect light sources in the walls.  The atmosphere may be dank, cool, and occasionally even foul-smelling.  The walls and ceilings are curved and usually white, although the floor may appear dark or even black.  Computer-like consoles and other equipment and instruments line the sides of the rooms, which may have balconies and various levels and alcoves.  None of the equipment or instruments are quite like ones with which we are familiar…Furniture is sparse, limited generally to body-conforming chairs and tables with a single support stand that can tilt one way or another during the procedures.  The ambiance is generally sterile and cold, mechanistic and hospital-like, except when some sort of more complex staging occurs.”[221]

“Inside the ships the abductees usually witness more alien beings, who are busy doing various tasks related to monitoring the equipment and handling the abduction procedures.  The beings…are of several sorts.  They appear as tall or short luminous entities that may be translucent or at least not altogether solid.  Reptilian creatures have been seen…that seem to be carrying out mechanical functions.  Nordic-looking blond human-like beings are seen and human helpers are sometimes observed working alongside the humanoid alien beings.  But by far the most common entity observed are the small “Greys,” humanoid beings three to four feet in height.  The Greys are mainly of two kinds – smaller drone or insectlike workers, who move or glide robotically outside and inside the ships and perform various specific tasks, and a slightly taller leader or “doctor,” as the abductees most often call him.  Female “nurses,” or other beings with special functions, are observed.  The leader is usually felt to be male, although female leaders are also seen.  Gender difference is not determined so much anatomically as by an intuitive feeling that abductees find difficult to put into words.”[222]

“The small Greys reported have large, pear-shaped heads that protrude in the back, long arms with three or four long fingers, a thin torso, and spindly legs.  Feet are not seen directly, and are usually covered with single-piece boots.  External genitalia, with rare exceptions…are not observed.  The beings are hairless with no ears, have rudimentary nostril holes, and a thin slit for a mouth which rarely opens or is expressive of emotion.  By far the most prominent features are huge, black eyes which curve upward and are more rounded toward the center of the head and pointed at the outer edge.  They seem to have no whites or pupils, although occasionally the abductee may be able to see a kind of eye inside the eye, with the outer blackness being a sort of goggle.  The eyes…have a compelling power, and the abductees will often wish to avoid looking directly into them because of the overwhelming dread of their own sense of self, or loss of will, that occurs when they do so.  In addition to boots, the aliens usually wear a form-fitting, single-piece, tuniclike garment, which is sparsely adorned.  A kind of cowl or hood is frequently reported.”[223]

The leader or doctor is reported as slightly taller, perhaps four and a half or five feet at most, and has features similar to the smaller Greys, except that he may seem older or more wrinkled.  The attitude of the abductees toward the leader is generally ambivalent.  They often discover that they have known one leader-being throughout their lives and have a strong bond with him, experiencing a powerful, and even reciprocal, love relationship.  At the same time, they resent the control he has exercised in their lives.  Communication between the aliens and humans is experienced as telepathic, mind to mind or thought to thought, with no specific common learned language being necessary.”[224]

The procedures that occur on the ships…might be categorized as of two sorts, physical and informational.  The abductee is usually undressed and is forced naked, or wearing only a single garment such as a T-shirt, onto a body-fitting table where most of the procedures occur.  The experiencer may be the only one undergoing the procedures during a particular abduction, or may see one, two, or many other human beings undergoing similar intrusions.  The beings seem to study their captives endlessly, staring at them extensively, often with the large eyes close up to the humans’ heads.  The abductees may feel as if the contents of their minds have been totally known, even, in a sense, taken over.  Skin and hair, and other samples from inside the body, are taken with the use of various instruments that the abductees can sometimes describe in great detail.”[225]

“Instruments are used to penetrate virtually every part of the abductees’ bodies, including the nose, sinuses, eyes, ears, and other parts of the head, arms, feet, abdomen, genitalia, and, more rarely, the chest.  Extensive surgical-like procedures done inside the head have been described, which abductees feel may alter their nervous systems.  The most common, and evidently most important procedures, involve the reproductive system.  Instruments that penetrate the abdomen or involve the genital organs themselves are used to take sperm samples from men and to remove or fertilize eggs of the female.  Abductees report being impregnated by the alien beings and later having an alien-human or human-human pregnancy removed.  They see the little fetuses being put into containers on the ships, and during subsequent abductions may see incubators where the hybrid babies are being raised...Experiencers may also see older hybrid children, adolescents, and adults, which they are told by the aliens or know intuitively are their own.  Sometimes the aliens will try to have the human mothers hold and nurture these creatures, who may appear quite listless, or will encourage human children to play with the hybrid ones.”[226]

“Needless to say all this is deeply disturbing to the abductees, at least at first, or when the material first surfaces.  Their terror may be mitigated somewhat by reassurances the aliens give that no serious harm will befall them, and by various anxiety-reducing or anesthesia-like means they use.  These involve instruments that affect the “energy” or “vibrations”…of the body.  These processes may greatly reduce the abductees’ fear or pain, and even bring about states of considerable relaxation.  But in other cases they are incompletely successful and terror, pain, and rage break through the emotion-extinguishing devices used.”[227]

Mack summarizes his comments by stating that, “the purely physical or biological aspect of the abduction phenomenon seems to have to do with some sort of genetic or quasi-genetic engineering for the purpose of creating human/alien hybrid offspring.  We have no evidence of alien-induced genetic alteration in the strictly biological sense, although it is possible that this has occurred.”[228]

With quite a different view, Kevin Randle states that “There is not a single shred of physical evidence that alien abductions are taking place other than the tainted testimony of the abductees.  The physical evidence to support the claims is non-existent.  What has been offered as proof has been eliminated through testing by objective scientists or additional research by unbiased investigators.  The scars, missing fetus, or the implants do not carry the proper medical documentation to make a strong case, and in fact, suggest something else altogether.”[229]

Whether or not the testimony is “tainted,” is an interesting question.  I refer back to my “duck theory.”  I have asked the question “Are abduction victims coerced, or do they accompany their captors willingly?  According to Budd Hopkins, Betty Hill indicated that in 1961 she was “walked” onto the UFO by her captors, and that her husband Barney was “assisted”  (she saw him being dragged) onboard.[230]

Betty and Barney Hill wrote about their experiences in a book entitled, “The Interrupted Journey.”  Kurland put together a composite story from their input, and extracts from that story are as follows: 

“Barney who was driving the car, felt compelled to leave Route 3, the main road, and take a side road that led deep into the woods.  Six men stepped in front of the car, and Barney stopped.  Three men came to take him out of the car and three to take Betty.  Barney felt a compulsion to keep his eyes closed during most of what followed, and he did so with some relief; it was somehow less scary with his eyes closed.  He did not attempt to speak with his abductors.  Betty kept her eyes opened and spoke with her captors.”[231]

“They were taken inside the ship, which was of the traditional saucer shape, and led to different rooms where each of them was examined.  The aliens put Betty on an examining table and took her shoes off to examine her feet.  They also looked at the skin of her arm, behind her neck, and in her ear.  At one point they had her take off her dress and stuck a needle into her navel – the only part of the procedure that was actually painful.  When she cried out in pain, the alien she thought of as the leader put his hand over her eyes and told her that it would stop hurting, which it did.  She was told that the needle was for a pregnancy test.”[232]

“She was then allowed to get up but had to wait because they weren’t finished examining Barney yet.  When she asked the leader where the aliens were from he pulled a star map from a drawer and showed her.  The pattern, however, made little sense to her.  As she described it, “there were all these dots on it.  And they were scattered all over it.  Some were little, just pin points.  And others were as big as a nickel.  And there were lines, they were on some of the dots, there were curved lines going from one dot to another.  And there was one big circle and it had a lot of lines coming out from it.  A lot of lines going to another circle quite close, but not as big.”[233]

“The leader told her that the heavy lines on the map represented the trade routes among the stars, the solid lines were places they went occasionally, and the broken lines were expeditions.  Betty later drew what she could remember of the map.”[234] 

In 1968, Marjorie Fish, an Ohio schoolteacher, tried to correlate the map with the local starfield around us, assuming that our sun was one of the stars on the map.  She created a three-dimensional star field of the stars within 50 or so light years that were like our sun and which presumably might have planets that could sustain life.  Fish concluded that she had found a pattern that corresponded to Betty Hill’s star map.  If Fish is right, then the stars Zeta 1 Reticuli and Zeta 2 Reticuli are the centers of an interstellar trading empire.[235]

Whitley Strieber reported that during one of his abductions he was “lifted up and seemed…to be in another room…it appeared to be a small operating theatre.”  He was placed “in the center of it on a small table, and three tiers of benches (around it) were populated with a few huddled figures, some with round as opposed to slanted eyes.”  He was apparently “aware that” he had “seen four different types of figures.  The first was a small robot-like being.  He was followed by a large group of short, stocky ones (wearing) dark blue coveralls.  These (visitors) had wide faces, appearing either dark Grey or dark blue in that light, with glittering deep-set eyes, pug noses, and broad, somewhat human mouths.  Inside the room (he) encountered two types of creature that did not look at all human.  The most provocative of these was about five feet tall, very slender and delicate, with extremely prominent and mesmerizing black slanted eyes.  This being had an almost vestigial mouth and nose.  The huddled figures in the theatre were somewhat smaller, with similarly shaped heads but round, black eyes like large buttons.  Throughout the whole experience, the stocky ones were always present.  They were apparently responsible for moving and controlling (him).”[236]

Tashni told me that “a number of things happened” when she read this part of the manuscript.  Each time she reads the descriptions of the abductions she undergoes considerable stress.  She found herself rocking in her chair and tapping her desk, behaviors she felt were more like that of a caged animal.  She assures me that these descriptions are “dead on, and frighteningly so.”  She also adds that this is “just a little contract” that she picked up along the way.  “None of the contracts we have are new.  Some just have time frames, dates if you will, where they kick in.  When it resonates as you know, you know it is in truth.”

Another lady who was interviewed on the subject of her abduction experience gave the following account.  Harriet “dreamed,” that she was in a spacious, antiseptic, fluorescent-lit room.  There were others in the room and she was sure that most of them were human.  But one “other” was a short, grey entity, with large black wrap-around eyes.  This entity had a large screen beside it and showed Harriet things on it just by waving an arm.  To her left there were other grey beings but she could not turn her head enough to see them.”[237]

Elia Wise had some interesting comments concerning the abduction phenomenon.  “Those who perpetrate involuntary encounters with Humans are actually few in number.  Due to genetic manipulation designed by their ancestors to control behaviors they perceived to be threatening to their society, these Beings are less individuated in mind and emotion than most of us in the Universe.  The subjective and emotional resources of their population have been controlled to the point of extinction.  Because of this, they are unable to perceive their actions as violating your individual sanctity and freedom.  As a result of the engineered limitations of their gene pool, the offspring of this manipulation have arrived at a point of risk to their survival.[238]

John Mack concluded that “The alien beings have come to the abductees from a source that remains unknown to us.  We still do not fully grasp their purposes or their methods.  It seems clear, however, that “they” have had to come to “us,” appearing in material form so that we might know them.  Some have speculated that the alien beings have mastered time travel and come to us from the future.  Sometimes they even communicate that this might be so.  We do not know.  But the guiding or regenerative myth of the abduction phenomenon offers a new story for a world that has survived many holocausts and may yet be deterred from a final cataclysm.  The abduction phenomenon, it seems clear, is about what is yet to come.  It presents, quite literally, visions of alternative futures, but it leaves the choice to us.”[239] 

Visitor Crashes 

Investigators have determined that a cylindrical body 50 to 60 meters in width struck Tungusky Divo (61 degrees North, 102 degrees West of Pulkov), Russia, after crossing 800 km in a zigzag pattern, and exploded at an altitude of 5-7 km with the strength of a 40-megaton A-bomb.  Evidence shows that the blast was thermonuclear.  A smaller meteorite fell near Kiev at the same time.  “Was the explosion at Tunguska on 30 June 1908 caused by a visitor that had an accident?  Did something go wrong during the flight, or was it due to natural causes?  Can you provide more information about what happened?”

Norm responded by telling me that, “I am not aware of any craft that would explode with this force, but that doesn’t mean there aren’t any.  For the most part, fission and fusion are frowned on in a very big way.”  Tashni states “a power fluctuation interfered with the energetic grid.  Grids on Earth shift constantly.”

In a study by Budd Hopkins, “during the flight of Gemini 4, Astronaut McDivitt observed a “cylindrical object with a protuberance.”  He also observed a bright light moving at a higher level than the Gemini spacecraft.  Astronaut Borman onboard Gemini 7 saw what he referred to as a “bogey,” flying in formation with the spacecraft.”[240]

“The crashes at other sites (Roswell, Corona etc.), left debris and casualties, how have you dealt with these incidents?” 

Norm suggests that “it was staged without authorization by a group of dedicated biologists who have argued that the Earth folk are much more responsible than they seem.  The contact was definitely not authorized, and this faction purposely disabled retrieval operations that normally would have been automatically triggered by a crash here.  Just a guess based on indirect conversation with a number of people.  Normally a crash here would promote a retrieval operation started prior to crash time (time travel).  If people want to die here that is fine but they can’t leave wreckage.  Normally nothing is left here without a gazillion meetings, arguments, discussions, proposals and counter-proposals.”  Tashni tells me that, “these are part of your folklore.”  When I asked her if her reply was in the form of either misinformation or avoidance of the question, she thought “that the answer to that question is both.”

Colonel Philip Corso put together a composite story of the crash that took place on or about 04 July 1947 at Roswell, describing it as follows.  “The dark-skinned craft seemed mostly intact and had lost no large pieces…(although) there were bits and pieces of debris all over the area, but the aircraft itself hadn’t broken apart on impact the way a normal airplane would…the soft-cornered delta-shaped eggshell type of craft was essentially in one piece, even though it had embedded its nose hard into the embankment of the arroyo with its tail high in the air…the craft was intact except for a split seam running lengthwise along the side and the steep 45 degree angle of the craft’s incline.  It was small, but looked more like the flying wing shape of an old Curtis (aircraft) than an ellipse or a saucer.  And it had two tail fins on the top sides of the delta’s feet that pointed up and out.”[241]

Colonel Corso added the observation by a man named Arnold that, “it was still too dark to call it daylight, but (looking through the rip in the aircraft’s side) through the top of the craft, as if he were looking through a lens, Arnold could see an eerie stream of light, not daylight or lamplight, but light nevertheless.”  As the soldiers conducted a thorough search “to clean the area of debris, devices or chunks of wreckage, the huge retrieval crane that had been deployed from the air base hoisted the surprisingly light flying object out of its impact crater in the arroyo and swayed it above the long flat bed Ford that accompanied the convoy of army trucks.”[242]

USAAF Major Jesse Marcell showed debris from the Roswell crash to his son Jesse Junior.  Jesse Junior stated that, “I examined the strange debris which my dad, as a Major in the intelligence operations at Roswell Army Airfield in Roswell, New Mexico, had brought in from a crash site on a nearby ranch.  The big question was: the crash of what?  This was certainly not from a known aircraft, and certainly not the debris from a balloon with its radar target.  This debris had properties which I had never seen before or since…What I saw was a bewildering collection of metal – like foil, bakelite or plastic shards and beams.  To complete the picture of weirdness, there were even symbols of strange geometric forms and designs of a metallic violaceous hue printed along the length of the I-shaped beams.”[243]

There is apparently a strong possibility that Albert Einstein was part of the investigation into the crash.  According to his assistant, Edith Simpson, “He was not disturbed at all by seeing the actual evidence.”  He said something to the effect that he was not surprised that they came to Earth and that it gave him hope that we could learn more about the universe.  “Contact,” he said, “should be a benefit for both of our worlds.”  He was most interested in “propulsion and (learning) more about the universe.”[244]

“What other crash sites can you tell us about, where are they and can we examine them with our present technology?” 

Tashni tells me that, “you can look.”

John Lear claims that “Germany may have recovered a flying saucer as early as 1939.  General James H. Doolittle went to Sweden in 1946 to inspect a flying saucer that had crashed there in Spitzbergen.”  These visitors were “shaped like praying mantises and…were more advanced than us.  He also claims that there were several more saucer crashes in the late 1940’s, one in Roswell, New Mexico, one in Aztec, New Mexico, and one near Laredo, Texas, about 30 miles inside the Mexican border.[245]

Lazar has noted that “Thousands of sightings occurred during the Korean war and several more saucers were retrieved by the Air Force. Some were stored at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, some were stored at Air Force Bases (AFB) near the location of the crash site.  One saucer was so enormous and the logistic problems in the transportation of it were so huge that it was buried at the crash site and remains there today.  The stories are legendary on transporting crashed saucers over long distances, moving only at night, purchasing complete farms, slashing through forests, blocking major highways, sometimes driving 2 and 3 lo-boys in tandem with an extraterrestrial load a hundred feet in diameter.”[246]

Ken Eagle Feather dreamed he had seen a “flying saucer with a main disc approximately 50’ wide, and another disc about 35’ wide on top of the main disc.  This one was aerodynamically sound.  This one was used for (flying) around and about the planet.  (These ships) can’t make long distances.  Mother ships have no need for aerodynamics since (they) operate outside atmospheric influences.  It goes in-between hyperspace.  Physically it appears to disappear, only to reappear at a distant point in quite the twinkling of an eye.  This remains hidden from your race for several hundred years.”[247]

Frank Scully, a columnist who wrote a book in 1950 called Behind Flying Saucers, claimed that there had been four recoveries of crashed UFOs (up to that time), “one of which was alleged to have taken place near Aztec, New Mexico, when sixteen humanoid bodies were recovered together with their undamaged craft (on 25 March 1948).”[248] 

According to Scully’s informants, “this disc that landed near Aztec was 99.9’ in diameter, its exterior (was) made of light metal resembling aluminum but so durable that no amount of heat…or diamond-tipped drilling had the slightest effect (on it).  (Another report stated that the craft was 100’ in diameter and 30’ high).  The disk apparently incorporated large rings of metal, which revolved around a central stabilized cabin, using an unfamiliar gear ratio.  There were no rivets, bolts, screws or signs of welding.  Investigators were eventually able to gain entry…because of a fracture in one of the portholes, which they enlarged, revealing a knob inside the cabin which when pushed (with a pole) caused a hidden door to open.”  Observers reports vary, with indications that there were 14 to 16 small humanoids, ranging in height from 36” to 42,” supposedly found dead in the cabin, their bodies charred to a dark brown colour…the craft was undamaged, having landed under its own guidance.  The craft was eventually dismantled, the investigators having discovered that it was manufactured in segments, which fitted together in grooves and were pinned together around the base.  The complete cabin section measuring 18’ in diameter, was lifted out of the base of the saucer, around which was a gear that fitted a gear on the cabin.”[249]

Scully added that, “The facial features (of the visitors) strongly resembled “Mongoloid Orientals” in appearance, with disproportionately large heads, large “slant eyes,” small noses and mouth.  The average weight was around 40 pounds.  Their torsos were very small and thin, and with very thin necks.  The arms were long and slender, reaching the knees, with hands containing long and slender fingers with webbing between them.  There was no digestive system or intestinal tract, no alimentary or intestinal canal and no rectal point.  No reproductive organs were apparent.  Instead of blood, there was a colorless liquid with no red cells, which smelled similar to ozone.”[250]

This brings to mind the possibility that there are crashed ships that haven’t been found yet, possibly underwater or in remote areas.  I therefore asked the group, “Are any of your craft still here that have been lost or abandoned and if so, where, when and why?”

Tashni told me that the answer to this question is, “not important.”  “Not important to whom?” I thought.  Meanwhile, back at the ranch and staying focused, there are other reports to consider.  It has been claimed that at some period in 1954 President Dwight D. Eisenhower is said to have met with six visitors, who were traveling in five different craft (3 X saucer and 2 X cigar shaped), at Edward’s AFB in California.  AAA gunners fired on the craft without noticeable effect.  Eisenhower reportedly told them that the world wasn’t ready for their presence at this time.  There are apparently quite a few more cases where several “bodies” have been recovered from crash sites and autopsies performed on the remains.  The sites where it is claimed that the recovered bodies are supposedly kept are also reported to be restricted and “under continuous armed guard” and no further information is available on any of them.  “What can you add to this information that would confirm or deny the validity of these claims?” 

Norm replied that, “some of the details may be true.  My feeling is that Eisenhower didn’t personally participate, but I could be wrong.  This would have been with Zetas.  Sinesashy, a Zeta, said “there were a number of meetings and demonstrations carried out in the 1950s.  There were a number of incidents that fit parts of this description.”  Norm said that he does not know of any bodies kept here, “nor does it make any sense to him at all.”

Continuing the research, I have read a number of different reports on the most famous incident (crash), which reportedly occurred near Corona and Roswell, New Mexico.  The major drift of the majority of the reports is that a visitor ship appears to have “crashed in a remote region of New Mexico about 75 miles NW of Roswell Army Air Base (now Walker Field).”  The events surrounding this crash comprise the story known as “The Roswell Incident,” and they in turn have led to much discussion on the group reportedly identified as the Majestic 12, and the documents compiled on the crash which are collectively referred to as ‘The MJ-12 Papers.’  “On 07 July 1947, a secret operation was apparently begun to assure recovery of the wreckage of this object for scientific study.  It appears that four small human-like beings had apparently ejected from the craft at some point before it exploded.  These had fallen to Earth about two miles east of the wreckage site.  All four were dead and badly decomposed due to action by predators and exposure to the elements during the roughly one week period prior to discovery.  A special scientific team took charge of removing these bodies for study.  The wreckage of the craft was also removed to several different locations.  Civilian and military witnesses in the area were debriefed, and news reporters were given the effective cover story that the object had been a misguided weather research balloon.”[251]

A preliminary conclusion on 19 Sep 1947 determined “that the disc was most likely a short-range reconnaissance craft…based for the most part on the craft’s size and the apparent lack of any identifiable provisioning.”  Although “these creatures” that were found were reported to be “human-like in appearance, the biological and evolutionary processes responsible for their development” have “apparently been quite different from those observed or postulated in Homo Sapiens.”  This report referred to the visitors as, Extra-terrestrial Biological Entities, or EBE’s.”  It was considered most likely that they are from another solar system, although in 1947 “Mars was considered a possibility.”[252]

“Numerous examples of what appear to be a form of writing were found in the wreckage.  Efforts to decipher these have remained largely unsuccessful.  Neither could they determine how the craft was propelled, nor it is assumed the propulsion unit was completely destroyed by the explosion, which caused the crash.”[253]

As this is a major item in any discussion on visitors, I asked the group for more details.  “What can you tell us about what actually happened and on what was found?  What is the present status of the debris and the remains that were found?  Where are they kept, how much and how many have been recovered and what is being done with them?”

Open sources and other readings have led to the following story.  On 18 November 1952 American president-elect Dwight D. Eisenhower was briefed about the crash of a visitor disc near Roswell, New Mexico.[254]  A number of investigative organizations and studies were set up to look into this, and possibly other incidents.  Such studies included Project SIGN, established in December 1947, and the formation of the government group previously mentioned that was designated “Majestic-12.”  These studies were followed in turn by Project GRUDGE in December 1948, and later by the study called Project BLUE BOOK.[255] 

“What do you know about these reports and what was their real purpose?”  I don’t have much in the way of answers from the group on this subject, but other writers have covered more of the history, and for this portion of the discussion we need to go back to Kenneth Arnold’s initial sighting.  Michael Hessemann and Philip Mantle detailed the first official sighting of UFOs as follows:

“On 24 June 1947” at 14:47 (hours), while flying over Mount Rainier, (Washington state), private pilot “Kenneth Arnold sighted a formation of nine objects “flying in a straight line one behind the other, the largest in the middle.”  With amazement he noted that the flying objects did not seem to have any protrusions – whether bulges, wings, or tails.  They looked far more like flat discs, rounded in the front and a bit d and slightly curved at the stern.  And they radiated a bright bluish white light.”  He later calculated their speed at “over 1700 miles per hour.”  He added that the discs were “flat as a plate and so smooth they reflected the sun like a mirror…The things flew like saucers when you make them skip on a lake.”[256]

My question to the group (as yet unanswered) is the same as that asked by Stanton Friedman of other investigators.  “What part did visitors play in the 24 June 1947 sighting by Kenneth Arnold, a civilian pilot flying over the Cascade Mountains in the State of Washington, when he observed nine flying disc-shaped aircraft traveling in formation at a high rate of speed?[257] 

I would also add this additional question on the same theme, “What other sightings and reports exist or have taken place prior to or in the same era as this first “widespread” report, that you were part of?”

Although I do not have solid answers for these questions, Captain Bruce Cathie, a former Air New Zealand pilot claims to have sighted “a strange craft in the skies of Mangere, Auckland in 1952.”  Four years later he saw a second one, a bright green disc about 610 metres/2000’ long, cruise across the sky at an altitude of 4,000’, leaving two crescent-shaped vapor trails in its wake.  Halfway across Cook Strait, a small object shot down from the craft and disappeared.”  The trajectory of the object persuaded Cathie that “the module must be under intelligent guidance.  Then, in a flash of light, the disc itself disappeared.”  Cathie began years of study on the subject of UFOs and in the process came up with a mathematical calculation which “showed that the speed of light amounts to 144,000 minutes per arc per second.”  This led to the suggestion that the figure of 144,000 in the books of Mayan and Egyptian prophecy, and in the Bible, may refer to those who “radiate light,” from their forehead (the halo effect).[258]

Jose Argulles spoke of the light in his book, The Mayan Factor.  “Then came the return of the light, in that seventh year which became the first of the seven years of prophecy…”[259]

With the number of crashes and accidents the visitors experienced, they must have had rescue forces or damage control teams in place.  This leads me to ask the group, “How did visitors handle these reports in the past?  Did you attempt to cover them up, ignore them completely, or use people (Men-in-Black (MIB) for example), to provide misinformation?  Have you suppressed these reports, or do we just lack sufficient information to make a decent assessment?  If the reports have been suppressed, how is this done, who does it for you and where are these reports now?”

MIB are a very strange breed of visitor.  They are “almost invariably dressed in black,” and have “posed in all manner of guises, all the way from FBI or CIA agents and military personnel, to insurance brokers or electric power or phone inspectors.”  One was described as “a most extraordinary person, almost seven feet tall, with a small head, dead white skin, an enormous frame but pipe-stem limbs.  His tight pants had ridden up his skinny legs and (it appeared that) he had a green wire issuing from his sock and going up his pant’s leg, into his flesh at two points which were bridged over with about an inch of scar tissue.”[260]

Variations on the MIB theme are visitors who have been described as “Bogus Social Workers” or BSW.  Like the MIB, the BSW take on a role of an official and intimidate people (generally those who have witnessed a UFO), often targeting children.[261] 

Planet X 

It has been theorized that a tenth planet exists (see the references to the Dogons), but possibly because of its orbit, we haven’t discovered it yet.  The sources were therefore asked, “Is there is a tenth planet beyond Pluto, and if so, does it have a long elliptical orbit?”

They have not responded.  Joseph McMoneagle, however, predicts that “Planet X, the tenth planet in our solar system, will be verified in the year 2015.  It will have an elliptical orbit with a mean distance from the Sun of 51.50 AU, and a density approximately equal to that of Mercury.  The discovery will be a result of modifications to an Earth-bound telescope of more than twelve meters, which has not yet been completed (constructed).”[262]

“What is your planet called, and can we see it from Earth?”

This is where Mac’s visitors became very vague and evasive.  They indicated that their answers in this case were purposely superficial and they would consider answering some more questions on the subject during another session. 

Our Origins 

Going into the business of determining our origins, I have examined the data being put forward by anthropological historians and some of their current theories in order to compose some interesting questions.  “There is a theory that all anatomically modern humans have descended from a single female who lived roughly 140,000 years ago (or perhaps even more recently) in the Kalahari Desert.  (This is the so-called “Eve hypothesis”).  For that matter, the ages on Earth of Neanderthal and Cro-Magnon man seem to have overlapped.  Can you tell us how the different types of mankind evolved and whether visitors were involved?”  

Tashni insists that “man did not evolve.”

Neale Donald Walsch asked a similar question, and in his book “Conversations with God,” received the following reply.  “You are not natives of this planet you now call home…The “genetic stuff” of which you are made was placed on your planet deliberately.  It didn’t just “show up” there by accident.  The elements that have formed your life didn’t combine themselves through some process of biological serendipity.  There was a plan involved.  There is something much bigger going on here.”[263]

Silvia Browne’s guides point out that, “The colonization was made on this planet millions of years ago when these planetary entities were sent.  The first set came as adults and failed miserably because of disease and the plant’s terrain.  Future groups succeeded.”[264]

Still on this line of questioning, I asked them, “Were we just another experiment and is this how the visitors still see us?”

Norm replied that “this planet has been inhabited by races and civilizations going back through time for millions of years.  Some societies were advanced, some were primitive, and none have yet achieved both the spiritual advancement and technical maturity required to move ahead.  It has always been one or the other.  Every couple of thousand years the visitors lay the groundwork for another experiment.  This is not necessarily the place to get it right, as this is a young planet.”

“Have you been able to mate with us, and if so, how has this worked out?”

Tashni states “yes, very well.”  Mac states that an advance party from another planet came here many years ago and has since been assimilated into our people and is now “lost.” 

I asked the others in the group, “Can you confirm this?” 

Tashni states that the advance party is “not lost, but now awakening through keyed geometric awakenings, (such as the codes that are being found in newly produced crop circles).  Once made, energy is transmitted and the awakening begins.  It is genetically coded.”  Norm states that “we can not exist in exactly the same dimensional reference that they do.  There has to be a shift and it has to be very carefully controlled.  Their own form is not like it is when we are gone as it is when we are with them.” 

Crop Circles 

On the subject of crop circles, Ruth Montgomery’s guides state that “some were indeed made by extraterrestrials who are leaving messages for other outer-space beings.  The beautifully formed ones have been done by scientific methods not yet understood on Earth.  As we look ahead we see a speeding up of visitations by outer-space beings, so this should quicken the discoveries that will lead to further preparation for the shift…”[265]

Silvia Browne’s guides state that, “The crop circles are a map of the galaxy from where the Andromedans come.”[266]

Gregg Braden states that the complex Crop Circles “appearing in cereal grains throughout the world are irrefutable images based upon mathematical constants, sacred and ancient symbols of the indigenous populations, genetic information and sacred geometric patterns…Crop circles have been reported in every nation that grows cereal grain crops.”[267] 

Health 

“How good is your health and what affects it here that is different from your home?  What medical compatibility’s and dissimilarities are there between each of the different visitors and us?”

Mac says “cures for diseases have been found, but adds information that the visitors are also affected by diseases that do not affect us, although they have found cures for these.”  Tashni states that “disease is a human affliction caused by emotion.  We have our own, but it is never a concern.”   Tashni also firmly states that “we are not the same.”

Richard Saunder indicated that, “In many cases, those who have alleged themselves to have been abducted report that they were subjected to a variety of procedures that would resemble, however darkly, some sort of medical examination.  There are many reports of sperm and ova samples being taken.  Various cuts, scars and scoop marks are said to be the result of alien probing of human bodies.  And in many cases, people report being laid on some sort of examining table and having their bodies scanned with some sort of high tech equipment that is used to examine them from head to toe, in somewhat the same manner that Magnetic Resonance Imagers (MRIs) are used today.”[268]

This kind of information reminds me of some of the entities that one can find in the books by J.R.R. Tolkien.  “Something was coming up behind them.  What it was could not be seen:  it was like a great shadow, in the middle of which was a dark form, of man-shape maybe, yet greater; and a power and terror seemed to be in it and go before it…A Balrog is come…the dark figure streaming with fire raced towards them.  “Over the bridge!” cried Gandalf, recalling his strength.  “Fly!  This is a foe beyond any of you.  I must hold the narrow way.  Fly!”…The Balrog reached the bridge…Gandalf stood in the middle of the span, leaning heavily on the staff in his left hand, but in his other hand Glamdring gleamed, cold and white.  His enemy halted again, facing him, and the shadow about it reached out like two vast wings…Fire came from its nostrils.  But Gandalf stood firm.  “You cannot pass,” he said.[269]

“It was a Balrog of Morgoth,” said Legolas, “of all elf-banes the most deadly, save the One who sits in the Dark Tower.”[270]

“Indeed I saw upon the bridge that which haunts our darkest dreams, I saw Durin’s Bane,” said Gimli in a low voice, and dread was in his eyes.”[271] 

Cures and Quality of Life 

“Can you tell us how to cure Cancer and other terrible sicknesses, and will you be able to teach us how to improve the quality of life here?” 

Tashni states “yes, but you like your diseases.”  

“What causes the things that hurt us or infect us, and how can we combat them?”

Tashni’s simple and straightforward answer is “fear.”

“Who issues the commands and orders to your pods, ships and units of visitors and how is this done?  Do you have a military “ranking” system?  What is your leader called, as in Prime Minister, President, King, Number One and so on? 

Norm replied that, “in star wars terms, the force looks after all that.  There is no democracy in the sense that we practice it.  There are no leaders in the sense that we think of them.  Those who lead are the ones who make the best decisions.  If you are the leader of a galactic empire, one bad decision and your career is over.  None the less, some leaders have held their positions for thousands of years.  People are born to do what they do.  We need only allow them to be who they are.  The tragedy is that at times through ignorance and prejudice, sometimes people are denied the right to be themselves.  It is our loss.” 

“Is there a way to undo the damage?”

“Everything can be known by sitting and listening.  But those who can tell you what you need to know, rarely talk.  There is a relationship between knowledge and respect.”

Richard Saunder indicates that, “Some “alien abductees” do, in fact, report seeing other human beings during their abductions, human beings who appear to be involved in, or cooperating with the perpetrators of the abduction.  In some cases these other humans have reportedly been in military uniform.”[272]

According to Reg Miller’s guides, “the government has the military working on its own version of a flying disc.  The design evolved from a study of several alien spacecraft, one of which was recovered almost intact because the Travelers in the craft were susceptible to the microbes in the air and died.  In that case, the bodies were retrieved and taken away by the Travelers.  The craft, however, was left because the Travelers feared infection themselves.  Only the interior portion of the craft was damaged.  Another recovered craft was damaged on the exterior (the Roswell incident) and technicians recognized that the two craft had similar origins.  Yet another craft was flown to Area 51 by the Zetas, who helped engineers for many years try to understand the technology.  Engineering knowledge gained from these craft has yielded less than the desired results.”[273] 

Other Worlds 

“What are the conditions like on most of the other habitable worlds?” 

 Norm indicated that, “there would only be shortages if they didn’t have control of all aspects of their existence.  Most planets have over time learned what the optimum number of inhabitants is, and they stick to it.  We are one of the few that has a major overpopulation problem.”

“Is water the same on your planet as it is here?”

Norm mentioned a shortage of water.  “The water is for psychic use.  Water picks up the vibration of whatever is immersed in it.  Each planet must be physically self-supporting.  Whatever is taken from here is taken for other reasons.”

“What is your long term plan or aim in connection with our planet?”

Tashni indicated that they are in the “finalization stage of the experiment.”

“What do you see happening to us and our future way of life?” 

Tashni believes that it will be an, “evolution.”

“What is the main reason that our worlds are not openly communicating and dealing with each other at this time? 

Tashni responded again with the word, “fear.”

“Is there more that you could add or comment on that is important to know and that hasn’t been asked here?”

Tashni suggests that “there are a number of answers to questions, dependent on who is answering and from what perspective.”  Some answers come from the perspective of a visitor, while others come from a higher energetic source.  The answers are very different, because so much of their response is based on belief systems and not just the physical thing of visitors and where things are.  This line of thought includes the Pleiadians, Sirius and Sirius B and others. 

Other Systems 

I asked the group to ask the visitors, “what can you tell us about the other places that you have visited?”  Tashni responded with an open-ended question of her own.  “What do you want to know?”   Norm mentioned that he had “personal knowledge of the dark star in the Sirius system long before it was discovered.”  He added that this “came not as a result of a direct conversation, but as a result of a question he himself had asked about where one particular group of them came from.”  He added that “the visitors are not fond of reciting technical information, and they are not allowed to reveal information beyond the scope of their particular mission.  If you catch them off guard with a question they may get back to you later with it, or they may just ignore it.”  Why they do so in each case is something he can only speculate about.  On the question I had asked about the missing planet, he stated that there are some that have theorized that the “tenth” planet is artificial, and that “there are many universes with planets with multiple Suns and Moons.”

Tashni readily acknowledges that I dislike incomplete or less than forthcoming answers, but she explained that when she links in with the visitors, she “needs to hear, (no, rather that she needs to know), why?”  For her, there appears to be a reluctance to share some of this information, which is why she mentions that “disinformation is easy to do.”  As she wrote this, she told me that she had to ask herself, “why?  It is as much a protection for them…not necessarily from us, but from others.  There are so many layers.  In some instances, it is done so as not to confuse us with the bigger picture of what it is that we do.”

I had asked Tashni to comment on the material presented here from the heart.  After she read through the responses I had recorded, she told me that she felt that it was important to tell the reader where the people we are conversing with are coming from. Tashni informs me that for her part, when she speaks, “some of it appears to come from direct knowledge,” from her “sense of being with these people for a period of time.”  There is another part of her that “comes by this information from a more spiritual level than perhaps the reader wants.  There are many levels to this information.  Some of it is sexy, (the information on UFO’s for example), but it is all based on a higher authority.” 

Other Civilizations 

My next question went deeper into the purpose of the visitors and their nature. “Are the visitors violent or friendly, primitive or more advanced, and are there other civilizations just like ours?  If so, how is everyone interacting?”

Tashni responded with a short “OK,” but then added that they are “very different, so not comparable.”  Norm stated that “there are three groups.  The “blast them all to hell” group; the “nurture on to infinity” group; and the “intervene when necessary” group.”  As far as his sources are concerned, “the status of this planet is such that the authorization to intervene can be given to someone with the equivalent rank of a hospital orderly,” let alone someone “who is actually military.”  From a visitor’s point of view, “this place is really hot,” therefore out of necessity the “intervention when necessary” crew has held sway for about two thousand years.  He explained that this “was because the “nurture” crew who held sway could not advance the population of this planet.”  So the “blast them all to hell” guys are really confident that their turn is coming.  There are about 50 million nurture types presently here now in Earth bodies posing as locals, trying to get this thing turned around.”  Norm doesn’t think our planet is going to get “blasted,” but on the other hand, he didn’t think that after another ten years in our present state that it will be “business as usual” either.

Following this train of thought, I went on to ask them more about this.  “Do visitors feel that they have to protect themselves from us, or others like us, and if so, who and why?”

Norm replied that “the Joint Intergalactic Command (JIO) protects all non-space faring systems (including this one).  Migrations from one system to another are tolerated only in the most severe circumstances.  The pirates are not violent.  They take what they need from systems they have no right to enter.  For example, it would be illegal for a mining ship from another system to come here and mine one of our minerals.  This planet is not approved for unauthorized visitation.  A lot of ships come here for water, a very scarce commodity on many, many planets.  Some of them have gone through the proper channels.  Others just sort of pop in on their way from somewhere to somewhere else.  More common is a visitor coming here with authorization to refuel and in the process, decides to pick up something else while they are here or they use their craft to buzz the locals etc.  These kinds of activities are not sanctioned by any legitimate authority, and they are therefore regarded as pirate or renegade actions.  The top level of technology and development is so far ahead of the pirates that nothing goes undiscovered.  But like kids in a candy store, sometimes visitors just can’t resist.”

Concerning mining operations, Ken Eagle Feather was informed that, “their vessels go below Earth and leave no external marks…the mining is done in out of the way areas, isolated from habitation.  One would find actual openings in the Earth if one found the mining sites.  Since extraterrestrials operate in the physical, they need a physical power source.  Their power systems are alien to our thinking.  Zinc and phosphorous…are economically better to get from Earth.”[274]

Ancient Battle 

Norm’s most intriguing statement (or at least to me, the most “profound” comment) was that “there was a very serious conflict far back in time near here.”  He added, “the feeling is that these (opposing forces) were humans that had migrated so far out into space that they were not in touch with the rest of us, rather than a whole different universe.  That is the positive spin.  The negative one is that they were crossbred between us and something else that we don’t know about.  This planet holds many more secrets than even we could give ourselves credit for.  The shamans here know about more strange things that occur here than almost anywhere else.  This place is crawling with unknown intelligence’s and entities.”

I specifically asked Donna if she could provide some insight into this ancient battle said to have been fought over Earth long before our time between beings with DNA and beings without it, possibly in other dimensions, as reported by Norm.  Donna went into a very deep trance state.  When she came back, she described what she had experienced in trying to find an answer, in this way.  Michael had covered her in what seemed to be a foot thick concrete-like layer of protective light.  Her guides were already responding to the question before I had asked it.  She stated that she had the impression that the guides were saying something to the effect that “he’s going to ask her that question now,” and off they went.  When she felt herself approaching the destination that they were bringing her to, she told me that it seemed as though she was looking through a tear in the wall of light into great blackness.  The tear snapped shut, and Michael told her that they couldn’t go there at this time.  She suggested that with rest, she would like to try to gain an answer to the question again, because she had never had this kind of experience before.  She also said that she couldn’t hear my question as I was asking it, and told Michael that she was concerned about this. He had told her that she was not to worry, and then she said that he behaved as though the guides knew what was coming, and were responding by saying, “OK, he’s going to ask that question, this is going to be a long journey.”  For Donna, being taken somewhere she had never been in her Channel State to answer a question before it had been asked, was quite an unusual experience. 

In a follow-on session where I sent the questions and received the answers on a cassette tape by mail, I asked Donna again about this dark place and the ancient battle.  “Can you tell me something about the ancient event (battle far back in time) I have described and why it strikes such a significant cord?”  The guides responded through her as follows:

At the passing of the many who were killed in this battle, there was a great outcry of terror.  The damage that was done to humans.  There were those among the ones that did the damage, that enjoyed it.  And as the humans watched themselves be tortured and destroyed, they felt (the) pleasure that (it) had brought the ones who actioned it, and the terror that rose inside of them.  For they realized that their pain was causing pleasure, and that that could only mean one thing, that this being who enjoyed such pleasure from such pain would only seek to wreak more pain.  And the deaths became laboured and drawn out, and it was almost as if terror bled into the earth, and left its mark in this place, and that is why to this day it strikes a cord in those who visit it.  Those who are sensitive to the earth.  It is like a wound that is not healed.  Festered.  Such terror was implanted here, and others who seek to create fear, cause battles to be formed here again.  Even simple arguments between persons within this range.  Within the range of the energy of this place.  They can invoke terror.  Accessing.  One moment please.  The concern is that terror not be created again.  The concern is that those that inflicted the pain, found pleasure in it…this is a place that needs much forgiveness, and healing.  And many who were involved in the battle that are now in incarnate form again will be drawn at some point in their journey to this place geographic, and will have to go through forgiveness, and a release of their part in the terror.  Victimhood is strong here, and it is one of the vestiges on the earth that must be cleansed, for it is where victimhood is stored.  The power to be victim, the energy of victim, is stored here.  Do you understand our words?  Amen to you then.  We offer this to you for your guidance, for your counsel.”[275]

This reminded me of Biblical history, wherein one can read that “there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels, and prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.  And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.”[276]

According to Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, there are many different worlds that have been conquered by the Reptilians, and there are many different ways in which they accomplished it.  When asked how many worlds there were that had been taken over by the Reptilians, the answer was “millions.”  When asked how many worlds there were that were still free from their control, the answer was “hundreds.”  The Dracos eventually made their way to the Andromeda Galaxy where they conquered a major planet or  “Home World” and took control of a “Blue Crystal Portal,” which was apparently a major intergalactic portal.  They then proceeded to use this portal to go through it and into the Milky Way Galaxy.   From Andromeda they then made their way into this Galaxy, although they apparently first came to Lyra through a major portal there.  They did not, however, remain there, but proceeded to move on to Capella in the constellation Auriga where they still reside.   The Dracos were the first of the Reptilian races to enter the Milky Way Galaxy, but they were soon followed by the Orions, Anunnaki, the Alcyones and other races.[277]

Norm stated that in his view, the preservation of our “security comes from being good people, and not from acting scared because there is a threat but by being trusting and curious.  People who are more trusting and curious than you tend to be more spiritually advanced so you are always safe.  The universe is full of paradoxes and riddles.”

Carl Sagan noted that, “There are those who say we should not inquire too closely into who else might be living in that darkness (of space).  Better not to know, they say.”[278] 

He added that, “Here and there, peppered across space, orbiting other suns, maybe there are worlds something like our own, on which other beings gaze up and wonder as we do about who else lives in the dark.  Could the Milky Way be rippling with life and intelligence – worlds calling out to worlds – while we on Earth are alive at the critical moment when we first decide to listen?”[279] 

Difficulties 

If the visitors are so advanced, (I thought, and then asked), “what kinds of problems pose difficulties for them?  Do you have problems with technological upgrades and development, or difficulties in dealing with other visitors and inhabitants while you are here?  What are your political, medical, ethical and intellectual concerns?  Can we communicate with other visitors through you?”

Tashni responded by stating that they are “not comparable.”  Norm stated that “they are concerned with the growth and development of consciousness.  There is a level of consciousness that goes way beyond the single individual.  It is the hope of many races to migrate into those realms en mass rather than one at a time, which is what seems to be the Christian model.  The mechanics of this migration are inconceivable.  It involves the mechanics of the time lines, (which are the medium of time travel) and the threads of consciousness that go everywhere.”

Carl Sagan stated that, “After billions of years of biological evolution – on their planet and ours – an alien civilization cannot be in technological lockstep with us…if they are ahead of us, they’re likely to be far ahead of us…  (Our) quest is called the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) and…figuring out the message, if we are fortunate enough to receive one, may be much easier than acquiring it.”[280]

Timelines 

I continued to ask my friends a number of “side-bar” types of questions.  “Do you use a concept of dating and time that can be applied to match our system?”

Donna’s guides stated that time does not exist as we understand it, and that it is vertical, not horizontal.  Tashni said, “no, we do not share your cycles of time.”  She did add, however, that “pilots do suffer a bit from stress due to travel.”  Norm “noted that the heart determines the human bio clock.  Baring disease, you have a fixed number of heartbeats.  Time travel has nothing to do with it.  Each time traveling ship has a bio clock on board, just so everyone knows where he or she really is in his or her life cycle.  A lot of life spans are from 800 to 1000 years.  The larger the craft and the more primitive the technology, the longer it takes.  A craft the size of the Moon would have to be a transportation vehicle involved in some type of migration mission.  From time to time species are moved around, dropping off a few here, picking up a few there, and so on.  For some of these species, some form of “natural” habitat must be maintained.”

Dates and Geological Occurrences 

Taking a change of direction in the flow of questions and answers, I presented each of my interviewees a set of different points for general discussion.  “Could you help us to date events and geological occurrences from our past, as well as more recent historical events here on Earth?”

Tashni stated that “you do this yourself.”  Norm stated that “they have remote viewing technology that is capable of monitoring us in the past and present.  However large amounts of human history are fabricated by historians and you could look a long time before you received any corroboration.” 

“Can you tell us how far back in our time the ice age and the changes in the rotations of the Earth occurred?”

Tashni of course had to ask, “why would you want to know that?”  Norm responded by stating that “the remote viewers are used for education.  At present they are a restricted technology, expensive to build, and not everyone can have one.  They are kind of like atomic accelerators.  The universe, past and future, is not solid, preconceptions are harmful to all, flexibility is everything, the past is as open ended and as pliable as the future.  People must be prepared to understand what they are seeing.  It’s a sort of plasmic representation of the events that make up human consciousness, the living changing memories of the whole of mankind.  I have a feeling that what you are asking to see does not exist.  You want to have a stable past so that you can view it.  There are as many past probabilities as there are future ones, and there are just as many probable presents.  Just what is it that you would like to view?” 

This question was not as simple to answer as it sounded.  I believe that knowledge is a hard-found thing.  We learn from our mistakes, but the idea of learning from others mistakes without having to repeat them appeals to me.  I explained this to my friends, and Norm replied that “there are no mistakes, only choices.  Each choice is made to help us understand what we need to learn.  Free choice is restricted more by small ideas than it is by anything else.  Our choices are limited, theirs are not.”

Robert Temple stated that, “The universe is finite but unbounded.  There are between ten and a hundred million intelligent civilizations in our galaxy alone, in all likelihood.  And there is always one more to contact than the one we have already contacted.”  We must also remember that, “no matter how grand and glorious they may be, they are still mortal beings in a universe which to them is still mysterious.  They cannot and never will know all the answers.”[281]

Dating

Christians count their years post Christum natum (from the birth of Christ).  BC represents time before Christ, and AD represents time after his death.  The year count goes back to Dionysius the Areopagite, and may be seven years out.

The Romans counted their years ab urbe condita (from the foundation of Rome).

The Gregorian Zero Day is 15 Oct 3373 BC.

The Mohammedans count their years from the hegira, Mohammed’s flight from Mecca to Medina (zero day).

The Toltecs calendar marked four ages, the Water Sun, the Earth Sun, the Wind Sun, and the present age of the Fire Sun.

The Mayan calendar marks the Earth change from the Quaternary to the Quinternary Age (and a new climate).  Plants suddenly became noticeably dependant on the solar periodicity.  The Mayan Prime Number was 13, and their measurement of time was 13 long counts of 144,000 days = one baktun.  Their most recent zero day was 1754.  They measured 20 baktuns back to 613 BC and a further 20 baktuns back from there to bring the count to the first zero day 05 Jun 8498 BC.  3 Feb 383 AD was marked 9.10.10.0.0.

The Mayan year 49,760 corresponds to 1999.

Sidereal year: 365.25636 days.

True tropical solar year: 365.242198 days.

Carbon dating (C14), uses organic objects (containing organic material) which can be dated back about 30,000 years.  Living organisms take up very minute quantities of a radioactive isotope of carbon in their metabolic cycle.  This ceases when the organism dies.  Decay radiation is emitted at a defined rate, and the determined dates can often be cross-checked by tree-ring dating.  The carbon date for Silbury Hill, Avebury, is approximately 2122 BC, plus or minus 95 years.  The Remains of the walls of the earliest city of Jericho in Israel are over 8800 years old, i.e.: approximately 6807 BC.  The Greek stade = 600’ or about 180 m.

Geneticists have conducted tests that lead to the theory that the common ancestor of mankind (Eve) is at least 200,000 years old.  It is thought that the divergence of races dates to this time vice 10.5 m years ago.  Stone tools have been found dating to 500,000 years ago, in the Calico Hills in California, and other tools dated to 250,000 years ago have been found in Hueyatlaco Mexico.  Climatic changes may have led to the extinction of most of the remaining large animals some 50,000 years ago. 

Neanderthal man in Europe was replaced by Cro-Magnon man between 35,000 and 25,000 years ago.  Another similar race arrived about 16,000 years ago, and a third race (Azilian-unknown) invaded about 10,000 years ago.  Five root races may have come into existence at the same time: the American and Atlantean (Red), Upper African (Black), Egyptian, Indian, Persian, and Arabian (White-Yellow), and the remaining areas (Brown-Gold).  White people are thought to have originated in the Caucasus, hence the term Caucasian.

The earth may have passed through the tail of a comet.  This could possibly be responsible for repeated changes in the earth’s orbit, in the inclination of its axis, and in the lengths of the day, the seasons, and the year.  The earth on one occasion is supposed to have completely turned over, so that the sun rose in the West and set in the East.  The length of the year before this was possibly 360 days between the 15th and 8th centuries BC.  It suddenly increased to 355 and a quarter days in 687 BC.  The orbit of the moon and the length of the month were also changed (according to Professor Immanuel Velikovsky).  Both the Assyrian-Babylonian calendar year and the Mayan calendar year changed, starting on 26 February.  Joshua mentioned the sun standing still.  The historian Herodotus stated that the priests of Memphis, Egypt counted 341 generations going back 11,000 years, and that during the recording of their ancient records of the Egyptian Kings, the sun had risen several times where it customarily set, and had set where it should have risen.  During the XVIII Egyptian Dynasty, the constellation of Orion traveled in an opposite direction to its normal path.  A catastrophe is said to have occurred 27 and 34 centuries before Herodotus time.

When poles of figure (magnetic), move away from poles of spin (axial), the earth wobbles on its axis until it realigns its axis and spins again.  Earth has rotated on its present axis about 7000 years.  Although the last ice-age ended about 11,500 years ago, its cause is still a mystery.

Silvia Browne’s guides report that, “nothing is so mysterious that you cannot ask for and receive an answer.”[282]

Lifespan 

Therefore, on with the questions.  “How long is a visitor’s normal lifespan?”

Tashni states that “in your life years, nearly 1000 years.”  Norm mentioned “800 to 1000 years and later added, “there are lots of different answers to this.  Our human lifespan is on the short end of the scale.  The long end approaches 20,000 years, but those are very advanced people, and not fully human.  They are fully conscious in and out of the body.  There is no loss of memory coming or going, in death or in birth.  The choices that we think about are not part of their reality.”

History 

“How much of a hand have visitors had in our scientific advances and discoveries?” 

Tashni indicated that “we are a part of all that you do.”  This might explain a number of curious historical twists that jump from apparent fiction to reality.  In 1726, for example, the author Jonathan Swift wrote a book of fiction entitled “Gulliver’s Travels.”  In this book, he describes the two moons (Phobos and Deimos) that revolve about Mars.  He specifically stated that “the astronomers of Laputa have likewise discovered two lesser stars or satellites, which revolve about Mars, whereof the innermost is distant from the Center of the Primary Planet exactly three of his Diameters, and the outermost five; the former revolves in the space of ten Hours, and the latter in twenty-one and an Half; so that the Squares of their periodical times are very near in the same Proportion with the Cubes of their Distance from the Center of Mars; which evidently shows them to be governed by the same Law of Gravitation, that influences the other heavenly bodies.”[283]

As Kurland points out, “Swift is only slightly off in his figures.  Phobos, the inner Moon, actually revolves around Mars in eight hours; and Deimos, the outer Moon, takes 30 hours.  The moons of Mars were first discovered by astronomer Asaph Hall in 1877, 151 years later.”[284]  How then could Swift have known?  (I would revert to the “Duck Theory” at this point).

As for life on Mars, Joseph McMoneagle reports that, “at one time, a million years earlier, there were other humanoids that visited Mars and died there.” [285]

“How do you record information, what is your system of writing, and can it be translated in our languages?   Do you have great libraries and information banks, and are they tied into the other worlds you know of?”

Norm replied that “it is all telepathic.  You can find whatever you want even if you don’t know the language that is being spoken.  At least you can understand the intent.  Tashni states that “all information is kept in the Higher Councils’ memories.”  Norm also noted that “machines are made available to those who have the need for them.  If you don’t need it you can’t have it.  This is a fundamental law of all sustainable cultures.”  Tashni states that the information is “stored in memory, and not relevant to you.”  Tashni also pointed out that “memories are akashic.” 

“How far back does your history go?”

Tashni’s “short” reply was “far.” 

“Do you keep good records, and if so, how and in what way are they stored and

studied? 

Tashni responded with a question of her own, “do you?”

“Can we have access to your records and language?  Do our languages have a common root and can we learn from the visitor’s language? 

Norm replied, “yes, but our languages are rooted in different systems so if you are talking in a language with a Pleiadian root to someone in the Orion system then that root is a few million years back.  Telepathy on the other hand is universal.”   Tashni again asked, “why would you want to know?” 

A few Astronomical Facts and Figures

The planets or satellites of our Sun include Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and the asteroid Pluto.  Of these, only four-Venus, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, are sufficiently bright for navigation.  The number of small satellites and asteroids revolving about the Sun is known to be about 1,500.  Of the 4,850 stars visible to the naked eye, only the brightest concern the navigator, and they amount to about 60.  Sirius, Canopus, Rigil Kentaurus, Vega, Capella, Arcturus, Rigel, Procyon, Achernar, Hadar, Altair and Betelgeuse are the brightest stars to look for.  Venus is the brightest planet, followed by Jupiter.  Mars has a reddish hue, and Saturn is difficult to see.[286]

Our galaxy is 5 X 10 (to the 17) kilometres in radius, and contains some 10 (to the 11) stars.  The intrinsic brightness of a star is measured by its colour.  The universe is expanding (based on Redshift luminosity), and is approximately 20 (to the 9) million years old.  If looked at in reverse of the expansion, all the matter was once at a single point-therefore the theory of the “Big Bang.”

Life on Earth is sustained by heat and light from the Sun, our nearest star.  Proxima Centauri is the next nearest star to Earth.  The 14 brightest stars are: Sirius, Canopus, Rigil Kent, Arcturus, Vega, Capella, Rigel, Procyon, Achernar, Hadar, Altair, Betelgeuse, Aldebaran, and Aerux.  The ten nearest stars are: Proxima Centauri, Alpha Centauri A & B, Bernard’s Star, Wolf 359, HD 95735, Sirius A & B, UV Ceti A & B, Ross 154, Ross 248, and Eridani.

An astronomical unit is equal to the average distance from Earth to the Sun.  The distance from Earth to the Sun 149,000,000 km or 1.5 X 10 (to the 8) kilometres (149,597,893 km) equals one astronomical unit. Parsec equals the distance of stars.  Magnitude is the brightness of a star. PSR is the abbreviation for a Pulsar, QSO is the abbreviation for a Quasar, asteroids can be minor planets, (Eros, for example).

The limits of the Solar System equal the furthest travel of its comets.  Jupiter is as big as it can be.  If it were any bigger it would probably turn into another Sun.  This is because gravitational stresses at its core would raise its temperature, causing a nuclear reaction.  Mercury, Venus, Earth and Mars are similar to each other, but their temperatures are very different.  The Asteroid Belt includes Ceres, Pallas, Vesta, Hidalgo and more than 50,000 large enough to be photographed by telescope.  (Legends refer to it as the remains of the planet Photon). 

The asteroid belt may be the remains of the planet “Phaeton” or Taimat, which is said to have orbited the Sun just beyond Mars (between Mars and Jupiter).  Based on an estimate of the 4,500 largest fragments, Phaeton was probably larger than Mars, and possessed both a hydrosphere and a biosphere, with a likely “Belt of Life”.  It was apparently destroyed by a surface explosion, not a collision or internal explosion, as the debris stayed in its original orbit.  The destruction of Phaeton possibly occurred about 500,000 years ago, before Neanderthal and Cro-Magnon man.

More mysteries to ponder.  Cygnus X-1 in the constellation of Cygnus was called the Demon Bird of Nergal.  It is possible that it is a Black Hole.

On the subject of Black Holes, John Gibbon stated that, “It does seem possible, after all, that the origins of the Universe can be traced back through successively shorter cycles to some tiny seed, a baby universe produced by a quantum fluctuation out of nothing at all…the entire Universe is a black hole, which we inhabit; and…the behavior of the black holes within that Universe, merging and interacting in the late phases of a preceding “big crunch,” could explain how the Universe as we know it came into being.  Black holes really do provide the key to understanding both the ultimate fate of the Universe and the origins of space and time.”[287]

A Solar year is equal to 365.2422 days.  The Mayan year is equal to 365.2420 days.   Titan, a planetary moon of Saturn has a physical condition similar to Earth’s. Icarus is an asteroid that orbits closest to the sun.

Spheroid trigonometry is used to determine longitude.  Stellar parallax-cyclic changes can be observed in the positions of the stars due to the motion of the Earth around the Sun.  The earth’s natural electromagnetic resonance is 6.6 cycles per second, followed by 7.8 cycles per second.

Archimedes (Base).  Archimedes is a walled crater-plain on the western border of the Mare Imbrium, the Moon’s Sea of Shadows.  It has a diameter of about 50 miles and, unlike the nearby Aristillus crater, it has a relatively smooth ground surface.  (It has been suggested as a possible site for a space transit camp).  Another site, known as Cassini was possibly the first to be designated, but may be too small.

Bodes Law (1772):  If one adds  4 to the sequence 0,3,6,12 etc., the resulting sums are equal to the spacing of planets with Mercury at 4, Venus at 7, Earth at 10, Mars at 16, Asteroids (possibly the remains of the planet Phaeton) at 28, Jupiter at 52, Saturn at 100, Uranus at 196 followed by Neptune at 388 and Pluto at 770. 

Saturn and Jupiter are flattened at the poles, (so is Earth).  Saturn’s density is less than water.  Earth is roughly 4,600 million years old, with the oldest solidified rocks dated to 3,900 million years old (Radiation decay is a steady indication of age).  Venus rotates in the opposite direction from other planets.  Every 26,827.5 years the Earth makes a rotation around the Pleiades.

Key Stars and Constellations to observe when looking for visitors, include, The Milky Way, Magellanic Clouds, Andromeda and Triangulum Constellations, Cepheid, variables-star class, RR Lyrae stars, NGC 2403 Spiral Galaxy, Solar Wind, Radio Galaxies, Interstellar Molecules, Cassiopeia, Ursa Major (Big Dipper), Ursa Minor, Cygnus, Auriga, Orion, and the Stars: Arcturus, Sirius, Canopus, Betelgeuse and Vega.

“Between the immovable wall and an unstoppable force lies the neutrino, the one left standing when everything else has blown or withered away.”  Gisela of Lahr.

Cataclysmic Events 

“Are you here to observe events that may be cataclysmic for our world and if so, what are they?” 

Both Mac and Tashni said “yes” to this question.

From material I have been reading by other “seers,” (Ruth Montgomery for one), it has been suggested that the Earth will “roll over,” or turn off its axis sometime in the near future, just as it appears to have done on several occasions in the past.  This would explain the sudden changes in climate over various parts of the Earth at different times in its not so distant past.  Her guides told her that, “although their chief reason for coming to Earth is to observe the upcoming shift of the Earth on its axis, nonetheless the aliens would like to help the humans survive it, by following the means that they themselves are using – to project themselves in thought forms to other planets and to safer areas on Earth’s surface.  Although the visiting aliens are not entirely altruistic, and some are purely of scientific bent, desiring to experiment with and examine Earth’s inhabitants, nevertheless they do not actually intend harm.”[288]

I therefore asked each of my friends, “can you confirm that this “rollover” is coming, and explain why it will happen?”

Mac told me directly that the event would take place “in your lifetime.”  Tashni initially told me that, “yes, soon the wobble (the Earth wobbles or nutates as it rotates) will get larger.”  She added, however, that, “due to the work of many, it is no longer an issue.”  Norm commented that “there is a lot of debate about the possibility that the Earth is going to roll over.  Scientists are about as consistent up there as they are down here.  There are a lot of different possibilities that could take place, depending on what set of data you are looking at.  There is a lot of crisis mentality here.  There are a number of times when we have been close to disaster.  Getting people ready by predicting a pole shift can’t do any harm.  On the other hand, it’s just as likely that we will destroy ourselves with nuclear weapons before the next pole shift, so why worry?  Most of the time the visitors are here monitoring tensions between nuclear powers, not pole shifts.”

Ruth Montgomery’s guides commented on the continuing alien activity in this area.  “It is increasing constantly throughout the globe.  The aliens are studying conditions and experimenting with animals and people in order to preserve Earth’s species on other planets and in other galaxies, because of the impending shift.  They literally mean no harm.  They are trying to preserve the human race and species of animals, vegetation, and other forms of life that would be extremely valuable to reintroduce into a stabilized Earth, or to other planets that can sustain those life forms.  That’s what they are testing for now, and Earthlings should not be alarmed by their visits.  They seldom interfere with humans who are unwilling to take the risk.  They are extremely selective and want only to help.  Those aliens who come and go from Earth are from highly developed technological systems, and although some of these aliens might not be to the liking of you and others, they are scientists of the highest order.”[289]

Along the same lines, Carl Sagan noted that “It was (the American engineer) Robert Goddard’s intuition that “the navigation of interplanetary space might be effected to ensure the continuance of the race.”  He added that that (Russian theoretician) “Konstantin Tsiolkovsky made a similar judgment: There are countless planets, like many island Earth’s…Man occupies one of them.  But why could he not avail himself of others, and of the might of numberless suns?…When the Sun has exhausted its energy, it would be logical to leave it and look for another, newly kindled star, still in its prime.”[290]

Later, in a special session with Donna, I asked the guides a similar question about the shift or turning of the Earth on its axis.  Those that came through here stated that the potential “rollover has been dealt with (handled), and that this is no longer a concern.”

“Does the build-up of the ice cap on the South Pole have anything to do with the possible shift?” 

Mac states “partially.  The Earth is not balanced, it is always wobbling.”  Tashni stated “yes, the energy of the Earth is out of balance, due to disrespect and misuse.  She cleans and changes herself.  When her energy is off, the wobble occurs, and becomes distended, causing her to roll over.  Norm stated that “planets are much more stable than meteorites or asteroids, so we may as well stay here.”

Carl Sagan believed that “Since in the long run, every planetary society will be endangered by impacts from space, every surviving civilization is obliged to become spacefaring – not because of exploratory or romantic zeal, but for the most practical reason imaginable: staying alive.  And once you’re out there in space for centuries and millennia, moving little worlds around and engineering planets, your species has been pried loose from its cradle.  If they exist, many other civilizations will eventually venture far from home.[291]

Ruth Montgomery asked her guides what it is that will cause the impending shift of the Earth on its axis.  They informed her that, “It will occur when the ice builds up to the highest degree at the poles, and the imbalance leads to a slip of the Earth on its side…The teetering will begin shortly before the event, and instruments will be able to record the wobble, but when it occurs it will be so rapid that an eye will scarcely have time to blink.”[292] 

Collisions 

I went on with the questions.  “Have there been major collisions between Earth and with other bodies such as asteroids and comets in the last 10,000 years?  If so, can you tell us where and when these happened and what effects on Earth the collisions had?”

Tashni confirmed this, stating says “yes, in Russia, Australia, China, and North America.  It was like a dark Sun, like your nuclear tests.”

“Will the collision of asteroids with Jupiter in recent years have any effect on our world? 

Tashni stated firmly, “yes.”

“What then, will this effect be?  For that matter, how did collisions with Earth affect it, particularly within the last 10,000 years? “

Tashni, back to her one word replies stated “cataclysms.”

Gregg Braden noted that “21 cometary fragments (collided with) the planetary gas giant Jupiter…Earth continues to respond to the impact through magnetic and seismic anomalies, as well as a shift of atmosphere water vapor on Earth.”[293]

“Are we due for more collisions in the very near future, and if so, when, where and how will they affect us?  One of my sources informed me that dust clouds and asteroids can be expected to hit Earth starting at the turn of the century, leading up to four large pieces hitting us within the next few years.  Can you confirm this?”

Tashni indicated that these potential crises “have been handled.”  Norm said the same thing, by confirming that there would be concerns, “but nothing serious.”

“Was the planet Venus originally much closer to Earth, and did it spin off from Jupiter, settling into its present orbit some 4000 years ago?  Had the orbit of Venus approached closely to Earth within historic times, causing catastrophic effects on life on Earth?

Tashni had to ask me again, “why would you want to know that?”

Eli Maor has determined that, “The years 2003-2004 will be exceptionally rich in astronomical events: four total eclipses in a row (two each year), a transit of Mercury on 07 May 2003, and the arrival of NASA’s Cassini spacecraft at Saturn, starting the first clasp exploration of the ringed planet and its large moon Titan.  On 27 August 2003, the planet Mars will come to within 34.6 million miles of Earth, its closest approach in two thousand years.  On 28 March 2004, three of Jupiter’s four large moons will be seen casting their shadows on the giant planet.  And on 10 September 2004, Mercury will come within a mere three arc minutes of the bright star Regulus in the constellation Leo, causing the two celestial objects to appear as a double star.  But topping them all will be the transit of Venus (across the sun’s face for the first time since 1882), on 08 June 2004.”[294]

“Did the Earth’s near collision with another planet cause its rotation to stop briefly, or its axis to tilt causing floods and disasters?”  There may be an indication that this happened as recorded in the Book of Joshua, “And it came to pass…that the LORD cast down great stones from heaven upon them…And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed…So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hasted not to go down about a whole day.  And there was no day like that before it or after it…”[295]

Norm states that “this is an interesting speculation, but I’m not finding any sympathy with it.”  The response seems to be more like “huh?” 

Communication 

“Do you have any questions for us?” 

Tashni stated, “no, your questions are based in fear and not in trust.  You cannot change this.”

“What can we do to make the lines of communication more open?” 

Tashni pointed out that this is, “not necessary, they are open.”

“When will we be able to meet openly?” 

Tashni stated that “we do now.”

“Did your history progress with the same kinds of wars, migrations, evolutions of science and technology as ours?”

Tashni states flatly, “unfortunately yes.”

Timothy Good believes “that man’s progress on planet earth has been monitored by beings whose technological and mental resources make ours look primitive and theirs “supernatural” by comparison.  The fact that many of the visitors are similar to us physiologically indicates that we share a genetic link.  Could it be that some of them had a hand in our evolution?[296]

“We now know that the purpose of evolution is to produce consciousness of higher and higher order.  The universe is a teaching and learning machine.  Its purpose is to know itself.  Knowledge is freely available in the universe like every other natural resource.  It is there for everyone who is willing to make the effort to take it.  We can poke around in our sequential “objective” time-space, or we can take the intuitive, subjective “time-space” route.  Both are needed to get us there.”[297]

“Have you found evidence of civilizations and populations on other planets that no longer exist, or that now exist but are being observed by you as you are observing us? 

Tashni also stated “yes” to this question.  Very difficult to get her to elaborate at times.  I needed to know the “who, what, where, how, when, and why?”

“How do you deal with other visitors and their political, medical, ethical and intellectual concerns?”

Tashni states that there are “struggles of one group to attain power over another.”  Norm states that they carry out “constant research, conferences, abductions, interactions, our people taking births here and going for debriefings after they die.  Whatever can be done is being done.”

“Can we get along, and if so how and when can this begin, if it hasn’t already begun?”

Tashni states that this “remains to be seen.  You have great fear.”  We have discussed this subject in some detail.  It is my belief that they need to be controlled when necessary in order that they not be permitted to take advantage – we have rights, but that is not a concept that the visitors have been readily willing to accept.  My sense is that in order to respect them; it must be acknowledged that they must also respect us.

To this, Tashni replied that she “continues to struggle with the many layers that “ she finds herself in, and “struggles to determine the truth of it all.”  But like many, she has been here for a long time, and like many, (she needs to spend time) with other beings in a need to survive and ultimately remember just who” she is…where is she from? And where is she going?  “Where will this all lead?  Is this the fear” she feels, “or is it more.  To her it feels “a lot like someone in a mystery movie who is hanging out in front of a door.  You get a sense that something is on the other side and it is not good.  It brings fear.  Am I to open the door, or acknowledge the fear, and keep it closed.  Do I already know what is on the other side?  Probably.”  She adds that she is “a willing participant here,” and that she pursues this information “because it is as important” for her to reach her truth as it is for me to find mine.  I had told her that “Lawrence of Arabia” is supposed to have said “nothing is written.”  She couldn’t resist adding the last line, by saying, of course, “It is written.”

The abduction experiencers interviewed by John Mack “report that the aliens themselves…say that we are not ready to acknowledge their existence, and would treat them aggressively as an enemy as we do anyone or anything different from ourselves that we do not understand.  Some abductees report that the aliens do not wish to bring about change through coercion but rather through a change of consciousness that would lead to our choosing a different course.”[298]

“Are some of the other visitors more advanced than you?” 

Tashni replied that “we all have our abilities.” 

I suggested that this was not a straight answer to a direct question and she replied “yes it is.  We are all born with these innate abilities.  Some are more acutely honed than others.” 

 How Far?  

 “How far have you been, (in all directions) and what do you believe is beyond the farthest point?” 

According to Norm, “this planet has been a project for a long time.  We really  don’t understand why what happens here happens.  People here are all genetic stock from other places.  But they get here and everything goes haywire.  Further out from here it breaks down altogether.  This is a sort of psychic frontier, somewhere on the edge of civilization.  The battle is a psychic battle, and it is taken very seriously, because it is at the outer edge of the collective consciousness of our race, and it would seem that there is a residual consciousness here that is in touch with some other race.  The level of vibration here is not quite the same kind of vibration as the seed stock.  The physical battle was fought millennia ago, but everything that was here before is still here, and in a lot of ways, we don’t know very much about what kind of energy is here or where its’ center of power is.  Another dimension perhaps, no one knows.  We do know that a lot of beings died near here fighting beings that were not at all like us.  These beings do not have DNA, nor do they have discernible human characteristics.  We suspect that part of what is going on is the psychic aftershock of those events.  They cannot exist in our universe and we cannot exist in theirs, but we seem to be able to both exist here.  Our species has the advantage here.  But the next town along the frontier is theirs we suspect.  But in fact we don’t really know.  All we know is that there is some kind of aberration here that has wonderful and frightening effects, and we are attempting to exploit it to the max.  We the inhabitants of Earth are the volunteers who have agreed to come and be born into this psychic frontier to experience life away from the warm fuzzy stable center of the universe. 

Tashni for her part told me bluntly that, “you could not understand.”  (I took this to mean the respondent didn’t know the answer, and suggested that they “try me.”  I also showed her some of these answers).

Defence

“Do you have a defence system and an armed forces?” 

Tashni stated, “not as you understand.”

Phillip Krapf recorded a comment from a visitor identified as “Gus” who pointed out that “Absolute intelligence is the ultimate weapon against which there is no adequate defence, even by the most aggressive and advanced military power.”[299]

I specifically asked Norm the following.  “In battle or other situations you mention that the pilot still has a lot of control over what goes down.  Is this inter-ship battle or visitor-Earth battle?  Who is fighting whom, why, and what are the results/aftermath here on Earth?  Can they survive a crash here? 

Norm replied that “there are many races in space who just don’t understand the rules.  Non-intervention, non-interference, means just that.  People who are born on outposts like this with knowledge of their home worlds cannot be harassed for information.  No unauthorized contact with undeveloped races is allowed.  Those who can’t conform are blasted back to the Stone Age.  To enter space without morals is not a good thing.  They have let the governments of this world know this.”

Norm confirmed for me that “the rule of non-interference is related to the strength of the time lines.  The strength of a timeline depends on the faith of a people in the rightness of their decisions.  The brutality of the American past with regards to natives and later with regards to South America and Vietnam has drained the moral edge it needs to survive.  It spends much of its’ time flailing at the demons of the past.  It’s a time line that must fail.  To build a strong time line, the best solutions must be found for each problem.  The strength of the opposition to an idea is a weakening force that is stronger than the thrust of an immoral force, which may win a quick victory, but it can never defeat the ghosts.  As time goes on the strength of the ghost forces increases.  Time travel gives one the ability to start to win the forgiveness of the ghosts, or at least to reduce their number.  Going back in time to do something that didn’t strengthen life would be foolish.  People go back in time because of the strength of ghosts in their present.  To further strengthen those ghosts wouldn’t make any sense.”

“How do your defence systems and military personnel work, and who and what have they had to defend themselves from, and why?”

Tashni suggested that, “this is unimportant.”

Ken Eagle Feather indicated that he sensed “military units.  They are not foreboding, but can be used.  Thus it would be foolish and reckless to think we could pit ourselves against their technology.”[300]

Shirly Andrews indicated that, “If our radar locks onto a UFO for ninety seconds, it interferes with computer control and operation of the vehicle.  Occasionally the ships are forced to the earth’s surface.  In 1948 a craft 36’ in diameter and 380’ long crashed near Phoenix, Arizona.  Investigators claim government officials recovered two alien bodies from this wreckage of a vehicle from outer space.”[301]

 “Are the things you must protect yourselves from something we must be prepared for as well?” 

Tashni stated, “in time, perhaps.”  Carl Sagan stated that, “If there were other life in this solar system, it would be in imminent danger because the humans are coming.”[302]

 “What are the conflicts that are being brought here, and are the “Intergalactic Command” forces the Peacekeepers of the universe?”

Norm replied by saying, “yes, they are the only forces allowed to power up their weapons in space.  Automatic weapons destroy non-conformists.  (There are unmanned reconnaissance units stationed around Mars and at various places throughout known space.  The nearest artillery is well outside our solar system, but that doesn’t mean it wouldn’t do a number on anything that tried to do something real nasty around here).  Intergalactic Command is the equivalent of the blue berets.  Representatives of each space faring nation are sent to their councils.  The military wing is usually commanded by Sirians and personnel are assigned to the command for their remaining functional lives once selected. 

Norm tells me that “Sirians are the pomp and ceremony kings of the universe,” (Norm doesn’t like them very much), “Zetas are kind of like the guys who sit at home in the basement playing with the computer instead of football in the park.”  He adds that, “once you are with the command, your allegiance is to the command, (and) you are no longer in contact with your home people.  Theoretically, you could be asked to attack your home planet in severe circumstances, but I don’t believe that has ever happened.  The military superiority of the forces under command are such that there has been almost no violence anywhere in the known universe since it was established.  A squadron of six 3-man craft could ‘blast this planet back to the stone-age in under 30 minutes.’  People don’t mess with these guys.  Nothing serious is going on right now.  The one thing they don’t understand is why we fight so much.  We have as many conflicts going on here as there are known anywhere.  It doesn’t matter how primitive the planet is; no one fights as much as us.  It’s one of the reasons that they watch us so closely.”

Norm does mention that, “There have been some major conflicts within the last 100,000 years.  In one, hundreds of billions were killed.  We learned our lesson.  Most of those people were killed in a civil war that was started in one of the more aggressive systems by a smaller but more advanced race they were attacking.  The Orions to this day don’t really understand what happened.  Some of them still think they won.  It was a grand deception put on by leaders who could not afford to lose face.  They lost billions of people, hundreds of planets were destroyed and the enemy surrendered on paper just so they could end the war without further unnecessary casualties.  This was an attack on a planet of 500 million souls that sustained no damage to the home world or casualties.  (Maybe 300 pilots killed in battle, mostly because they warped into an enemy formation and ran into something).  Politics and propaganda are wonderful things.  No one wins wars, just lots of people die.  After that, the Galactic Command was formed, so everyone won.”

There are of course a great number of watchers, both down here and up there.  Nick Pope has a message on the subject.  “Know that there are people who watch our skies to protect the sleeping masses.  Know that we keep a round-the-clock watch on our airspace, using sophisticated radar technology.  But also know that not all potential intruders into our airspace have two wings, a fuselage and a tail, and not all show up on our radar.”[303]

Norm also commented on the fact that “command changes you.  First you get briefed on all the low life (dirt) your own political leaders are up to.  Then you learn to empathize with whatever traditional enemies you may have around to the point where you start to believe their side of the story, then they put you on the time viewers and let you see what really happened.  After that command is about all that is left for you.  You’ve already found out how little you can trust everyone else and what the consequences will be if you do.  Order is maintained because men and women are able to put aside their home worlds to become advocates for all humanity.  The instant we stop doing that, self-serving politics and petty grievances will take over.  It’s a plan that has worked for almost 100,000 years.  The odd combat mission is against those who can’t live by the rules.” 

Remaining Unknowns 

 “What can you tell us that I haven’t asked that would be of interest to us?”

Tashni stated, “nothing.”  Norm said that, “this world is crawling with unknown intelligences and entities.” 

I asked him specifically, “What can you tell us about them?”

“Not all intelligences are human or material.  This world was inhabited by other beings in the past.  It is the same everywhere, but this planet has a sort of dimensional portal near it.  Some of the things we meet here are not human; they are not even from this dimension.  Beings come here in light ships that no one knows about.  We see them, but we don’t understand them.  They don’t seem to have bodies; they are like a coherent living light source.  We can only speculate as to the nature of their being and their intelligence.  We only know that we don’t know where they come from and we have no way of tracking them or following them when they leave.  They leave no radiation or ion trail; they have no physical footprint, not even a breeze as they pass by.  These are perhaps beings who lived here long ago, perhaps beings from our future, so advanced they are no longer able to reach back to us.  They may perhaps even have alien technologies so far advanced that they would not even be recognizable to us as such, or perhaps not so advanced but so different from us as to be incomprehensible.  We know what they look like to us, but what do we look like to them?  Can we ever know that?  There is no known top of the ladder.  There are just bigger and more puzzling questions.  Not everything can be completely understood on this plane.  There will always be some bleed-through from the unknowable.  But through growth and evolution, change and time travel, we will become something else, and that something else at some point will be unknowable from our perspective here today.  That is our challenge.  The unknowable is our challenge to grow, we strive to become whatever we see, and to encompass all that is, that is the way life is.  We are led by the ancestors (they are our guides), aliens, they are our friends, and we are all prodded by the unknown”

“We run our own time line.  It gains strength or dies out based on the nature of our deeds and thoughts.  The (visitors) act only as interpreters of the time line.  If they see the end coming, they will act to make sure those creatures who share time and space with us but do not share our apparent need to self-destruct, are allowed to continue to evolve in a manner appropriate to their consciousness.” 

Dimensions 

 “What about the possibilities of layers of dimensions above or beyond the 6th (i.e. 7th, 8th etc.)? 

Norm stated that “the first through the fifth dimension forms a group with the 6th as a bridge.  You cannot know the nature of what is beyond the 6th because you have no reference points.  You will learn in the seventh as a virus or amoebae or a slug would in this dimension.  You will go through many lifetimes before you have any idea of what kind of place you are in.  At the same time, you will be a being of incredible grace and power compared to your current existence, but then again you will be more entities than what you now think of as you.”

Fred Heeren has stated that “Natures laws are anything but arbitrary.  This century’s observations have uncovered patterns in nature which are so precisely fixed, within the parameters so narrow, that the many structural accomplishments of these patterns in our universe cannot be explained by even the wildest coincidence.  These accomplishments require a conscious, super-intelligent mind – with a particular concern for human beings.”[304]

As a general point, one of the more common conceptions that are often reiterated on the Internet and in the general media is that most sightings of visitors take place on the new Moon or within two days before the new Moon.  They are also reported as taking place on the full Moon or within two days before the full Moon; and, at the perihelion (the point in its orbit when the Moon is closest to the Earth) or within two days before the perihelion. 

Turn About

“What questions can we answer for you?” 

Tashni tells me, “none.”  Norm suggests that we, “ask who you are.  Ask why you are so interested in these things, find out what you know.  Take the information and see what it triggers.  Write it down.  Don’t doubt what you know.  Don’t question it.  Just remember, and you’ll know when it is time for it to come out.”

“Is everything that once was still here, and if so, can it be viewed by some or all of the visitors, and if not, what is it that allows them to be aware of this coexistence?  Do they have great psychic ability, mental concentration, subliminal awareness, or direct contact? 

 Norm replied, “all of those things.”

“Silvia Browne’s guides added that, “The soul eyes recognize each other.  It does not matter what visage is worn.  An almost strobe-like effect is reflected on the physical retina of the eye which recognizes the psychic qualities of another person.  This is what causes so many of you to be approached with questions, because your aura shows it and your physical eyes reflect it.”[305]

“Can we wish you well, good luck, and Godspeed, in the hope that there will be many good things to come from the visits, and that all will benefit from the exchange? “

Tashni tells me, “yes.”

“Do you live above ground or under it, or in aerial vehicles?   Do you live in towns and cities?  Do you have country areas, with grass and animals, forests, lakes and rivers?” 

Norm stated that “alien architecture on their homeworlds can be amazing.  They have redundant anti-gravity systems that can mean there is no need to restrict form and architecture to the limitations of a gravitational field.  Zetas live underground and have for centuries.”

What do you use for star maps? 

Tashni told me that the visitors use, “energy systems.”  Norm adds that the ancients on Earth mapped out the sky using information gained from UFOs.  The Earth was mapped into areas and tribes.  Each tribe had an alien contact.  There was a lot of freedom as to what could be done.  Some people may have laid down survey grids using UFOs.”

Christopher Knight and Robert Lomas suggest that ancient alien contact is a possibility.  “The idea that extraterrestrial visitors have been here before (is not) a complete impossibility.  However, even if there has been extraterrestrial contact in the past, there are no grounds to attribute all human success to an unknown alien contact.”[306]

“Do other worlds blow themselves up as seems to be the case, or are shooting stars a natural phenomenon?”

Tashni tells me that, “disasters occur.  To have creation, one needs energy.  Endings produce energy.”

“What do you know of our world that would be useful to us to make it a better place to live? 

Tashni told me to, “respect it.”

“Why have you come?” 

Tashni reiterated a previous response by stating that they are here, “to observe.”

“What happens when you leave?” 

 We are not leaving,” was her terse reply. 

I had to ask, “Why not?”

She said, “This is our place, our creation.”

“Let’s try that question again,” I thought.  “What can you do, what have you done, and what will you be doing while you are here?” 

Back to her maddeningly brief one-word answers, Tashni replied with, “Observe.”

“Are other places, planes, planets and dimensions habitable for us, and can we also visit them one day?” 

Tashni came back with “Yes, perhaps.”

“How many of us have already done this and what happened to them?”

“Some have stayed, others have returned,” was her response.

“Do you love one another?” 

I could almost hear her laugh when she indicated that this is “a human emotion only.”

“Do you observe our television and film programs, and what do you find interesting about them?” 

They are, “illusional, full of fear messages,” she replied.

“What gives you pleasure and what do you do for laughter and entertainment?” 

She said that these are “human conditions.”

“Do any of our film and television shows about supposed life in space reflect the way things are with any of the visitors and their worlds (i.e. strike a cord?).  If so which ones (e.g. X-Files, Star Trek, Alien Nation, V, Earth the Final Conflict, Battle Star Galactica, Star Gate etc.), or are they all far off the mark?” 

Tashni commented that, “creativity within the human mind was given.”  Norm, however, was quite specific on this issue and stated plainly, “not in the slightest.  I think I still like movie “Communion” best, not because it is accurate physically, but because he creates the right mood.  It is emotionally accurate.”  There are elements one can find on the Internet that suggest that the Reptoids were well portrayed in the TV series “V.”

“Are the concepts of tele-transporters, replicators and medical restoration facilities workable, and do you use them?”

On this subject, Tashni stated, “yes, but they are not necessary.”

“Have you been aiding our technological development all along, and if so, in what way?”

Tashni replied that they were, “assisting and encouraging.”  Sources from the Internet indicate that there are a number of  “Black Projects” being carried out by various governments that deal with technologies that range from laser and particle beams to top secret aircraft.  They offer the example of something called the “Aurora Project,” claiming that it deals with a high-speed “Pulsar” aircraft characterized by a very loud, deep, rumbling engine noise (with 1-2 Hz pulse rate), much like the old heavy lift rockets.  It flies at altitudes above 50,000’ at a speed of 3,500 mph.  Pulsed Detonation Engines (PDEs), which are also referred to as Pulsed Detonation Wave Engines (PDWE), are being tested and will eventually propel aircraft in the Mach 0.2-3.0 range.  PDEs use shock waves created in a detonation to compress the fuel-oxidizer mixture prior to combustion.  A cylinder chamber designed to support the detonation is constructed with a flat forward end, which makes up the thrust wall.  Air along with fuel is fed into the engine from behind the thrust-wall.  The detonation wave created travels forward to the thrust wall at about Mach 4 and compresses the fuel-air mixture, promotes supersonic combustion and causes a pressure rise in the engine.  The wave then strikes the thrust wall and rebounds accelerating the combustion products towards the nozzle.  Some of the products are ejected by the wave to the outside air-stream through the air inlet openings creating a toroidal vortex outside the engine.  Then the cycle repeats.  The advantages of this type of engine are that it theoretically generates higher fuel efficiency than a “constant pressure engine.”  Engines can produced in many sizes and thrust outputs from a few inches in diameter at a thrust of several pounds to a larger one that can output in the thousands of pounds range.  They have a high thrust to weight ration (i.e. lighter engine, more thrust).  They are mechanically simple, and have few moving parts; and, they could operate in or out of the atmosphere using fuel oxidizers.

Frank Scully reported a craft that he described as follows.  “The saucer was 100 feet across and the cabin itself was about 10’ in diameter.  Its center remained at rest, but it had an outer edge that revolved at a terrific speed.  It operated, in other words, like a magnetically controlled helicopter.  It was not propelled by jets or other power…inside the saucer were 16 men.  They were intact but charred black…(each) about the size of a midget.”[307]

Another aircraft is reportedly triangle-shaped and very quiet.  One was described as “a large triangular, silent craft, which dipped below the cloud cover to reveal a brilliantly lit apex of the triangle.  The light on this part of the craft was about the size of a full Moon.”  Witnesses “heard a low vibrating rumbling directly above them that seemed to be turned on and off in rapid succession twice.  This vibration sound seemed stationary within the clouds above them.”[308] 

A military witness also viewed a large black triangle hovering silently over the coastal area near Kingston, Ontario on two separate nights.  He described it as being larger that a football field, lights in each of the corners, and no sound whatsoever.  It seemed to be within a few thousand feet and in each case moved off very slowly south over Lake Ontario, before climbing very rapidly and disappearing.[309]

I went on to a follow up question.  “Are there remains of past expeditions from your home here on ours that can be examined and explained?” 

Tashni tells me that, “they are all around you.”  Norm informed me that “no weapons or destructive technologies can be left here.  If one were, time travel would be used to retrieve it.”  One Internet source claims that that there is a hollowed out planetoid being moved here by the Reptoids or the Greys, and is in fact being used to transport an army of them.  The source claims that this planetoid is now parked outside the orbit of Pluto.

“How are your families and children raised and educated?  Do they have names, and do they celebrate birthdays, play games, go to school, have pets, get into trouble, and behave like us?” 

Tashni states “not as yours,” these are “human conditions.  We have different creation techniques.”

   In the book “Letter to Earth,” it is reported that, “Beings from the Greater Universe have always been in contact with the Earth and her people.  We have been capable of reaching you from the dawn of your civilization.  We have in fact, joined you periodically in those times and places throughout history where popular history allowed for our existence.  Evidence of these visits is found in your many artifacts showing winged beings, or beings who travel in winged vehicles.”[310]

“Do you translate everything, or are all languages understood?” 

Tashni states “thought, and intent are the same.”

“Do you have the same experiences or difficulties with other visitors when communicating?  “

“No,” Tashni insists.

“What are the most incredible things you have seen?”

Tashni’s hard reply was “your inhumanity to others.”

“Do you have commerce, buy, sell, exchange or trade products with other visitors, and if so with whom for what?”

Norm responded by telling me that, “trade is the same everywhere.  If you have what I want and I have something you need, we can trade.  But there is also a lot of benevolence.  Goods are delivered at no charge.  It depends on the circumstances.  We don’t encourage dependence, but we do encourage generosity.”  Tashni, on the other had stated that, “trade is not important.”

“Will you teach us?” 

Tashni’s clear and singular reply was, “always.”

“Do you have to wear special environmental or protective clothing?” 

Tashni tells me that that, “some wear illusional distortions.”

“Are your eyesight and hearing good, or do you need aids as we wear glasses for example?”

Tashni stated that there are “no aids.”  Whitley Strieber described the eyes of one of the female visitors that examined him.  “Her gaze seemed capable of entering me deeply, and it was when I had looked directly into her eyes that I felt my first taste of profound unease.  It was as if every vulnerable detail of my self were known to this being.  Nobody in this world could know another human soul so well, nor could one man look into the eyes of another so deeply, and to such an exact effect.  I could actually feel the presence of that other person within me – which was as disturbing as it was curiously sensual.  Their eyes are often described as “limitless,” “haunting,” and “baring the soul.”[311]

The sources have stated that almost everything that exists here exists somewhere else.  “Do dinosaurs still exist elsewhere and do they require a lighter gravity, in which they move, run and live?  Is it possible, as some of our scientists have suggested that the bones of the dinosaurs discovered here could never have supported their weight in our present gravity?  When did they really die off here on Earth (i.e. 10,000 years ago or 150 million years ago)?  Were dinosaurs intelligent enough for the visitors to communicate with (as has been suggested)?”

I have not yet received a response to these questions.

“Do you have a single key leader, a governing council, or governing body?” 

Tashni replied, “yes, Councils.”

“How do you deal with crime, and do you have a legal process and a penal system? 

Tashni stated, “there is supreme justice.”

“Do you have more males than females on your expeditions, or vice versa and how do you choose your crews?”

Tashni told me that, “they are chosen.  Male and female are your separations of self.”

“Do we have a chance to work and live together and what does the future hold for our families?” 

Tashni states clearly that, “it will be different.”

Can you describe how your technology evolved? 

Tashni responded with a question of her own, “what is time?”

“When did you first start making visits to other places?  How did the first visits of other off-world beings affect the visitors that you are aware of?”

Tashni tells me that it was back in, “eons of your time.”  Norm stated that “everything is known, but there is far too much for any one person to know.  (He had been a specialist in this quadrant).”  Various Internet sources have suggested that some of the visitors came here over 4,000 years ago.

“Did others visit you before you started your own exploration?” 

Tashni thinks that this kind of question is, “unimportant.”  I took that to mean yes, and found it to be a curiously “defensive” response, for one relatively well grounded. 

 Pyramids, the Sphinx and other Earth Mysteries 

“What can you tell us about things that are old and mysterious to us, such as the Sphinx, the Great Pyramid at Giza, what’s inside or underneath it and what it legends, stories and history are all about?”

Tashni is certain that they are all, “great structures.  They will reveal themselves to you.”  I had asked specifically about Canada earlier.  Norm indicated that “because of its’ position, the amount of bush and uninhabited natural space, Canada itself is a fantastic structure.  Most structures are underground, some are under the sea, some have been sealed for millennia, and space travelers leave some from systems that have fallen into extinction.  There are records here that predate the current form of humanity, left by those advanced enough to know we would be here.  Some are portals left to encourage people to visit other worlds.  It would be like exploring old mine shafts going into those places.  We will do it some day.  When we are more aware.”

“Writer Robert Bauval, Graham Hancock and their compatriots have suggested that the Sphinx faces in the direction from which the sun rose during the summer solstice approximately 10,500 years ago.”[312]

According to information channeled to Reg Miller, “The Great Pyramid was essentially a power converter.  It also added power to the already powerful Earth Vortex, transforming power into convenient radiant energy that could be used at a distance and at a frequency that did not damage living tissue.  But the Great Pyramid was also designed for many other purposes.  It was a healing center, a device for communication to distant locations on Earth as well as to ships at the edge of the solar system, a local power source, a long-distance power source, and a source of knowledge.”[313]

The Orions who channeled through Mac had quite a bit to say on the Egyptians and the pyramids. “The people whom you call Egyptians did not live in the area of Giza at the time of the pyramids.  The people of Egypt did not build the pyramids.  We built the pyramids; we left them on this planet [Earth].  The pyramids in Giza are not the only ones built on this planet, but they are the only ones we allowed to (continue) to exist.  We are the bearers of knowledge for the people who followed us, after we left this planet.  We have been coming and going on this planet for the last 35,000 years.  In time you will find out.  For people who have the ears to hear and the eyes to see will find the truth no matter how hidden it is.  The truth right now is not hidden.  It is out in the open, but nobody wishes to see it for what it is.”

The official Egyptian records date the construction of the pyramids to the period of the 4th Egyptian Dynasty, 2600-2480 BC.  Snefru, Khufu (Cheops), Retdjedef (Djedfre), Khafre (Chephren) and Menkaure (Mycerinus), were the “reputed” builders of the great pyramids (Mydum, Abou Roash and possibly Giza).  As far as official Egyptian history is concerned, the statue of the Great Sphinx standing in front of Khafre’s pyramid at Giza was possibly constructed at this time.  It is also stated that “statuary, both royal and private, reached a peak of perfection which was to constitute a benchmark for artists of later periods.”[314]

Again, these descriptions remind me of stories told by J.R.R. Tolkien.  “Dark is the water of Kheled-zarum, and cold are the springs of Kibilnala, and fair were the many-pillared halls of Khazad-dum in Eldar Days before the fall of mighty kings beneath the stone,” said Galadriel gravely.”[315]

There are many more pyramids than is generally known.  The largest, for example, is the “White Pyramid, located in the Qin Ling Shan mountains, about 100 kilometres southwest of the city of Xi’an, in the People’s Republic of China.  It is reported to be about 300 meters high.  According to David Hatcher-Childress (Lost Cities of China, Adventures Unlimited, 1991), China’s Great Pyramid is said to be at least 4,000 years old, and likely much older.  It is said that its sides were originally painted black on the North, blue-Grey (or faded green) on the East, red on the South, white on the West, and yellow on the top Center platform.”  Up to 90 pyramids have been discovered in China, with one a colossal 300 meters high and the rest ranging from 35 to 90 meters high.  The construction of the Chinese pyramids is similar to Teotihuacan, made of earth with stepped sides…with the tops flattened off.”[316]

In 1998, a pyramid was discovered submerged in the sea off the coast of the Japanese island of Yonaguni-Jima, one of the Ryukyu island chain located in the Pacific Ocean between Okinawa and Taiwan.  The rectangular ziggurat is 75 feet underwater… The structure is 600 feet wide and 90 feet high, and dates back to at least 8,000 BC.  Professor Robert Schoch said, “it basically looks like a series of huge steps, each about a meter high.  Essentially it’s a cliff face like the side of a stepped pyramid.”  Divers claim that there seems to be “a road circling the pyramid, and nearby there were a group of smaller step pyramids, each about 30 feet wide and six feet high.”  According to Professor Maseki Kimura of Ryukyu University in Okinawa, “This could be evidence of a new culture, as there are no records of a people intelligent enough to have built such a monument 10,000 years ago.”[317]

Professor Robert Schoch also studied the Great Sphinx of Giza, and found that strong evidence shows it “was already ancient when Khufu was building his pyramid.  Schoch, a professor of geology at Boston University, studied the wind-and-rain caused erosion on the body of the Sphinx and compared it with other local statues that could definitely be dated.  He found that the Sphinx was much older than had been thought, probably dating to somewhere between 5,000 and 10,000 BC.”[318]

Norm also mentioned that “understanding the great pyramid would take a lifetime of study.  It is a form of knowledge that was made to be too hard to ignore.  Its potential uses are still undiscovered.  Some of the people who have gone into it when the portal is open have been given fantastic accounts of amazing technology.  Unfortunately the glyphs that would have enabled us to determine when the portal opens have been lost.  It will take a hundred years of careful observation to pin down the cycle.”

“Are there open portals being used even now by humans, or are visitors the only ones who have the keys?  Why, if the doors are physical, can they not be duplicated artificially?”

“A portal usually does not change the physical appearance of a place.  They can be detected because of certain signature frequencies (radiation) that they emit.  They are the result of harmonic convergence’s between dimensions that allow beings to pass between them.  Each universe has its’ own vibration, and even that vibration is not consistent throughout the whole dimension.  The vibrations are not stable; they have a cyclical pulse.  So at times two different dimensions overlap vibrationally at certain points.  A portal is one of those points.  A useful portal is one that happens in a predictable cycle.  For example, the portal behind the Pleiades is open at regular intervals for years, and then stays closed for years.  It opens and closes at predictable intervals and then it always opens a passage where the Dals live and the universe where we live.  In that way it is very stable.  The two universes do not share the same time frame, but that is understood.  A person going from here to there and coming back two years later would find that the Earth had aged considerably more than the two years he or she aged.  The danger in portals is that some do not go to meaningful universes.  Not all universes exist with the same assumptions and principals as ours.” 

“How far can a portal take you?”

“Right out of time.  The pyramids were built with a limestone outer layer that was smooth.  The people who stripped that layer had no idea what the pyramid was and no idea what they were destroying.  The pyramid is very sophisticated.  The unprepared could die there.  There isn’t an army on the planet that could survive an assault on the pyramids with any weapon we currently possess.  At the same time, in a sense, the pyramid was built to guard the portal.  But it is also designed to make the portal useful.  Without it, we could not benefit from it, or even discover it.  It will however take some serious religious orders doing some research.  Finding the portal and being able to use it are very different.  The portal shares space with the pyramid, and is accessible from the King’s Chamber.  Standard practice was to use laser tools for cutting items such as the coffer in the King’s Chamber.  Their placement has to do with their purpose.  Without understanding the psychic harmonics of the structures, you can’t understand the math involved”

Norm continued by telling me that, “much of the knowledge of ancient Egypt was imparted to secret societies who were sworn not to misuse the power invested in those designs.  They were destroyed for political reasons by idiots.”

According to a variety of different sources, the Sphinx could have been constructed on the Giza Plateau as far back in time as 30,000 BC.  Edgar Cayce is said to have stated that the Sphinx was constructed by Atlanteans and restored about 12,300 years ago.  In one report, Cayce apparently stated that, “The Sphinx was constructed to remind Man of the pitfalls of modifying nature by mixing with those of animal form (Man’s fall from grace).”  He may also have suggested that “in those days there were half-man/half-animal creatures.  With the second destruction of Atlantis, this site went under water for ages.  Later, when the site was dry once more, the Nile passed alongside this monument.”  Cayce may have claimed that Ararat from the land of Dar, Hermes from the Atlantean land, together with the priest and priestess Ra and Isis, rebuilt this site and added to it.  Its layout contains a library, museums, schools, and other such structures.”[319] 

According to many different reports, including Cayce, most of what has been discovered today at Giza is only a small fraction of what lies buried hundreds of feet below the Sphinx.  At one point the Nile during the second reconstruction at the time of the building of the Temple of Light, now called Cheops, was much lower in elevation and passed a few meters from the Sphinx.[320] 

In 1992 scientists discovered, through sonar, a chamber beneath the Sphinx’s right front paw.  This is a location where Edgar Cayce predicted a hidden chamber or hall of records would be found.  Gordon-Michael Scallion states that what has been found is the Passageway of the Guardians.  He claims that these are psychic forms, placed there during the last days when the site was sealed in advance of the coming Earth changes.  These Guardians were placed there to repel any access to what lies beyond this chamber, until the time is right.  (Norm’s comments are similar).  “Access would then be gained, and the knowledge necessary for that time, would be given.  From the ante room, or chamber just discovered, access through a tunnel to the archive will be found some 27 meters towards the Nile.  Here will be found the missing apex of the Great Pyramid, not buried as some have thought, but built in its original construction so as to represent wisdom through knowledge.  A small building, other pyramids and chambers are still to be found, containing knowledge of Man’s past, as well as predictions regarding the present, and our near future to 2001.”[321]

Edgar Cayce has also suggested that “10,490-10,390 BC is another possible period for the construction of the Great Pyramid of Giza.  Hermes is said to have been the master builder, in the period of Araaraart and Ra.  The Sphinx is 100 years older (10,500), as is the treasure or storehouse facing it.”[322] 

A number of historians have suggested that “although the Great Pyramid is in Egypt, it is not of Egypt,” and may have been built by people other than “Egyptians”.   There have been several attempts to restore and add to that which had been begun on the Sphinx, hence there are many different dates associated with it. 

As a matter of general interest, there are two million blocks in the Great Pyramid, some over 13 tons.  At least one theory suggests that it may have taken over 100 years to build.  Within the complex of pyramids at Giza, modernists have asserted that the 1st pyramid is presently attributed to Cheops, the 2nd to Khafre and the 3rd to Mycerinus.  Carbon dates taken from fibers found between the stones of the Great Pyramid indicate an age of 3100 BC to 2850 BC.  The top of the present pyramid appears older than the bottom.  Khufu’s pyramid dates to 2966 (+ or - 50) BC, 390 years older than Khufu’s reign.  There is an inventory Stela indicating that Khufu found both the Isis temple and Sphinx in ruined condition and restored them.[323]

Ground penetrating radar techniques (using sensing modality) have been applied to the Great Pyramid of Giza, the first in 1974 without success.  In 1977 six Egyptian sites were investigated: Giza, Saqqura, Dashur, Alexandria, Tanis, and Thebes.  The techniques used included: resistivity measurements, magnetometery, aerial photography and thermal infra-red imagery.  In 1977 five anomalies or hidden spaces were detected, two in front of the paws of the Sphinx and two indications of a tunnel aligned NW to SE behind the rear paws on the NW end.  Another was detected in the middle of the S side near a square cupola added in Roman times, with a vertical shaft, now filled with rubble.  Further anomalies were found in 1978 at Giza and other sites.  The anomaly technique was used to find the wooden boat chamber anomalies at Thebes, later investigated in 1987. 

A photogrammetric study of the Sphinx was completed in 1979.  In Sep 1980, a passage was located and recorded in and under the Sphinx.  Japanese tests in 1986 also determined that there are cavities near the right paw, with a possible tunnel under the Sphinx.  They also found additional cavities in the Great Pyramid in 1986, including a 30m long passage west of the “Queens Chamber.”  Sound ranging equipment using sonar technology has also been tried with at least one new and presently inaccessible chamber recently discovered. 

The Great Pyramid contains incredible amounts of geometrical, astronomical and mathematical information.  The following data may be derived from various interpretations of the measurements contained within the pyramid’s structure:

The base perimeter divided by twice the height of the Great Pyramid = 3.1416 (the Value of Pi).  50 pyramid inches = one ten millionth of the earth’s polar axis.  The base perimeter = 356,240 pyramidal inches (number of days in a year).  Its height X 1 (to the 9) = approximate distance of the earth to the sun at autumnal equinox.  The weight of the pyramid X one trillion = approximate weight of the earth.  The base perimeter X 2 = 1 minute of a degree at the equator.  The astral predictions in the pyramids stones began 22 Sep 4000 BC and end 17 Sep 2001 AD (sixth millennium).  The sum of the crossed diagonals of the Great Pyramid = 25,826.6.  A sidereal year = 25,827 earth years.  The 12 constellations of the Zodiac make a complete circle every 25,920 years, changing 1/12 every 2160 years.[324]       

There are all kinds of theories that have been used to attempt to explain the incredible amounts of information possibly related to the pyramids, from magnetic pole reversal to the use of “harmonic vibration” to move the stones in a computer-like assembly.  This could have been similar the method used to assemble the separate spans of the Confederation Bridge which was completed to span the Northumberland Strait between Prince Edward Island and New Brunswick, Canada, in 1997.

Just for general reference, the following are some useful pieces of trivia that a pyramidologist might find useful.  Magnetic reversal of the Earth’s poles may have been caused by the balance of the earth being disturbed due to the increasing weight of ice at the South Pole, which caused the earth to flip over, and start a new spin axis, with a change of polar locations.  The Chandler Wobble is an imbalance in the earth’s rotation.  The poles have probably changed many times in the past, with three changes taking place within the last 100,000 years.  The earth trembles as it spins, which is called nutation.  The last pole change took place about 12,000 years ago.  It had previously been in the Yukon, the Greenland Sea, and Hudson Bay before reaching its present location.  Between 1960 and 1968 the North pole moved 10’.  Distance from the earth to the sun = 92,960,000 miles.  Apollo 11 took 11 hours 10 minutes to 1st Moon orbit.  Jules Verne’s Nautilus took 73 hours 13 minutes to reach the moon 150 years ago.  Harmonic distances have been noted in colours.  The planetary colours are Red-Mars, Yellow-Jupiter, Yellowish green-Saturn, Green-Uranus, Blue-Neptune, and Violet-Pluto.

Another (and most likely) pyramid theory is that the d pyramid served as a stellar observatory by means of which the ancient Egyptian priests were able to make accurate maps and tables of the visible stars from which to create their entire science of astronomy, geography and geodesy.  Once they had obtained what they needed for their astronomical and astrological predictions (and for the secrets of surveying and map making), they may have decided to wall up their instruments so that no one else could know how their lore was obtained.  It is said that the Great Pyramid of Giza houses every mathematical calculation needed for figuring star range, earth latitude and longitude, the diameter of the earth and the thickness of its molten core, as well as the crust above it.  Intended as a storehouse for valuables from Atlantis, it was never used, as Atlantis sank.  Again, according to Edgar Cayce, records preserved in a small chamber not far from the pyramid’s base apparently still exist, within a radius of 87’, deep in the earth not far from the Sphinx.  The Great Pyramid’s calendar is implanted within the measurements of the steps leading to the so-called King’s Chamber, and the Queen’s Chamber is said to have the perfect measurements for deciding the times for communications with other planets.  The passageways between the two chambers record the ages of man upon the earth and predict the total number of years yet remaining before the revolution on the axis near the close of this century.  Other more sophisticated details give the exact location of Giza in relation to the remainder of the world and the planetary system. [325]  There are more tombs, caves and passages beneath Saqqara, Abydos Moeris and Heluan, all built during the period of very ancient dynasties.  Islamic tradition stresses that the Kaaba was also originally a geodetic centre.

It has been said that, “The Anunnaki kept in communication with his chosen people through a radio transmitter receiver named in the Bible as the Ark of the Covenant.  Boulay…saw the Ark as a radio device and thought it significant that the Ark had to be completed according to very precise instructions before the tablets containing the Ten Commandments were placed inside.  The Tablets presumably contained the power source necessary to activate the “receiver-transmitter.”[326]

I have read about other people who have gone back into their memories and recovered enough information to enable them to describe the visitors who guided the building of the pyramids as being eight feet tall and having very long fingers.  All communication was telepathic.  These visitors reportedly had twelve fingers, which may be why we use a 12 inch ruler, 12 months of the year and the figure of a dozen to this day.

“Did these experiencers who went back in to their memories determine whether or not the visitors managed to accomplish all the constructions they intended?  Is this why they left?”

Norm responded again, telling me that, “the pyramids were a gift.  There was a temple order left to manage the pyramid.  It kept its’ secrets and used it for the good of all mankind for almost a thousand years.  Over time, less altruistic rulers put so much pressure on the keepers of the mysteries that they disbanded.” 

From my research on the subject, I have read that the ancient Egyptians seem to have had the mathematical ability to analyze curves by dividing the area under a curve into a series of rectangles.  (This is the basic principle of integral calculus so I am told).  In analyzing the curvature of the Earth, they appear to have used rectangles six feet wide.  “How did they achieve this level of accuracy?”

Norm stated that, “They were using alien instrumentation.”

Michael Kurland noted that, “When the Greek historian Herodotus visited Egypt sometime in the 5th century BC, the priests of Thebes told him that 341 generations previously (about 11,340 years the way they enumerated a generation), the gods had lived among men, and had shown them how to do great things, but since then the gods had not returned.  The obvious inference UFO historians make is that these “gods” were extraterrestrial visitors.”[327]

Portals 

“The Egyptians established this site as the “navel” of the Earth.  Why?” 

“If you could see the Earth’s magnetic field, you would understand the navel concept.  The mystery keepers possessed the higher math’s of the Egyptians, they were not common knowledge and were not publicly accessible.  They were able to draw knowledge from all over the universe through the correct use of the portals, but it took half a lifetime of training to be able to do it.  Novices in the orders had no knowledge of any of this until they were 15 to 20 years into service and known to be of benevolent spirit.  Great efforts were taken to conceal the real meaning of the orders from the base and ordinary folk.  There is no trace left of this knowledge, they were psychically enough advanced to erase even the psychic impressions of their work.”

“It is written within our body-temple that the forces of the cosmos unite as an expression of time and space that spirit works through matter to find the fullest expressions honoring life…In the words of a fragment found in the Dead Sea Scrolls, we are reminded that through our bodies we have “inherited a holy land…this land is not a field to be plowed, but a place within us where we may build our holy temple.”[328]

Norm continued.  “The problem with other portals is (that) they are neither stationary nor permanent.  To describe them, I would have to describe a pattern of movement that takes place over millennia.  Machinery and equipment left in the portal is designed to remotely monitor this planet.  You can watch events happening in different parts of the world in real time.  Or, you can wind backwards and see what events led to a specific event.  You can experience being anywhere in the world as if you were present there, except you can’t talk to anyone or move anything, or be seen.  If you are telepathic, you can give telepathic communication and watch the result.  The time viewers are still there; those that left them for us have better equipment.  It was relatively inefficient for their use, but way ahead of what most of us can imagine.  The healing equipment is light and sound equipment, electrical field devices.  The defensive weapons include a unit that will return fire to anywhere in the world should they employ a certain type of weaponry.  The Russians know all about this.  Their nuclear waste dump in the Urals was ignited after they attempted to test such a weapon.  The uses of the pyramids are at once limitless and incredibly infinite.  The possibilities for misuse so outweigh the possible good uses.  That’s why the incredible secrecy and reluctance on the part of people to delve into these things.”

Back to Norm’s perspective on the pyramid.  “The pyramid is as close as you will come to a permanent portal.  There are a number in the mid-east, but the (great) pyramid is the best.  However, it takes a spiritual person to be able to activate it.  The pyramid also creates a situation where one is able to be aware of this dimension while partially residing in a parallel universe, making all kinds of strange effects possible.  Machinery that has been left there, defensive weapons, time viewers, healing equipment etc. is not in our dimension, but in the bridge between the dimension, right in the portal, itself.  Some people go there and find amazing things; others just find a pyramid.  The frequencies (inside) can be recorded.  They can be charted, graphed, that’s how the portals are first explored.  The danger in portals is that some do not go to meaningful universes.  In some universes, there is nothing human happening.” 

Stonehenge and Other Structures

“What can you tell us about the origins of Stonehenge, Avebury, Silbury Hill, the stones at Carnac and other megalithic structures that we may not be aware of?”

Tashni believes that they are “energy points.”  Norm, however, stated that “all such things came with owner’s manuals.  When we recover the technology to accurately view the past, all such mysteries can be recovered.  Where knowledge has been lost it has been lost by the ignorance of men, and only their elevation to a higher state of being can restore these monuments to their former usefulness.”

“Those who have come before us prepared us well for this time in our history.  We have the opportunity to choose a new way in the presence of challenges that appear to be mounting on a daily basis.  We are invited to think and do in our world as those of the heavens do in theirs.  In so doing, we awaken a forgotten technology from the sleep of our collective memory and, at last, bring the conditions of heaven to earth.”[329]

Norm tells us that, “Intelligence is expressing itself in ways we cannot comprehend.  We have a limited number of sensors tuned to our universe.  We cannot even perceive the beings of some of the universes as sentient.  In some they move so slow it would be lifetimes before we discerned any movement.  They might move on a scale like the Earth itself.  The movement might pass so quickly we didn’t notice any movement at all.  Whole civilizations might rise and fall in what to us was a fraction of a second.  It is a very strange sensation being in a portal that is characterized by the anomalies in the senses and sensors.  There are beings out there.”

Reg Miller channels the information that, “of the 128 different sentient forms, many come to visit this planet.  This is a time of great change, and a place to see a living history of what they once were.  They neither help nor hinder.  They do, however, observe and do research.  These visitors are the Traders and the Travelers.  The Traders evolved during the first wave of sentient beings and are 500 times older than humans.  These small, bipedal beings are highly technological.  During the evolution of their technology, an accident destroyed their home planet and all its life forms.  The Traders viewed that violation of creation so seriously that they now constantly search the universe for new life forms, placing the newfound DNA on other planets where it will flourish.  This practice helps insure that nothing goes extinct.  When they take something from a planet, they place something else of equal ecological value.  They are the Traders.  They have learned to create with Primal Energy, creating their own synthetic good, monitoring all things, and navigating throughout the universe.  No other sentient beings can do what the Traders do.”[330]

Reg adds that, “Other sentient beings, however, do travel with the Traders.  Once a Trader Super Mother Ship (SMS) leaps to a new star, these Travelers are allowed to explore planets in scout ships of their own design.  To become a Traveler one must prove to be of the same ecological mind as the Traders, agreeing to do no harm to the animals, and help in dispersing new life forms.  It is by this dispersal process that our primate precursors arrived on suitable planets in other solar systems.”[331]

The “Bermuda Triangle” is enclosed by Bermuda, Puerto Rico and the Bahamas, which roughly equals the Western 1/3 of the Sargasso Sea.  Famous disappearances include the USS Cyclops with a crew of 300 in 1918, and Five US Navy Avengers on 05 Dec 1945, along with a large flying boat sent to their rescue.  The pilots radioed that they were having compass and directional difficulties, and then disappeared.  Compasses spin near the Moselle shoal in the same vicinity.

There is a “Zone of Silence” in Durango, Mexico, where radio transmissions do not pass, and a number of strange and interesting things on our Earth that never seem to have an adequate explanation. Tiahuanaco, Bolivia for example, has docks and quays now sitting at 13,500’ in the Andes, dated at 11,000 years old.  Entire Mountains in Marcahuasi, Peru are carved into animal shapes from ancient times. “What can you tell us about such things as the energy grid, the Bermuda triangle, ley lines, plasmic-vortex phenomena, and the ancient calendars of the Maya’s and others, such as the constructions made of “Cyclopean stones” at Tiahuanaco; Sacsahuaman, Peru; Baalbek, Lebanon; and in Jerusalem, Israel?” 

Tashni states that these are also “energy points.”  Norm suggests that “all of these things are explainable.  But nothing is easy.  You need to learn the answers yourself.  Perhaps your wanting to know these things is a clue that you need to get more in touch with more intuitive means of perception.”

Concerning the Bermuda Triangle, Silvia Browne’s guides state that, “There is a similar triangle in Java, and also in the state of Nebraska, strangely enough.  They are holes in the space-time continuum in which time slips.  They were purposefully put there by God, and any intergalactic person knows that they are highways.  Some extraterrestrials used them to get to this planet instead of taking spaceships.  They seem to be the only ones who know how this works…In the past few thousand years, you have lost your knowledge about teleportation.  So what happens now is that people get into these highways and they cannot get out.  It is a slippage….What is amazing about this is that it is a fairly complex navigation; they are more open and visible at certain times of the year, just as certain mountain roads may be closed at certain times of the year due to rain or snow.”[332]

“The Mayan Calendar, or at any rate its present cycle, is due to end on 22 December 2012.”[333]

“What can you tell us about what is stored at Nova Scotia’s Oak Island, how it got there, where it is now and how to gain access to it?” 

 Tashni tells me that this too is an energy point.  Norm is convinced that in the grand scheme of the other subjects we have discussed that it is “definitely not worth knowing.”  He doesn’t have “a sense of Oak Island being of mystical importance.  It is a puzzle.  It is therefore a lesson.  To understand the puzzle, you must understand what the lesson was.  Look at the big picture.  Don’t just look for the gold or at the timbers.  What is the cosmic intent?  Why was it important to build such a structure?  Discard the importance of greed.” 

“Where and what other ancient sites are there here on Earth, that are not now visible, but that would provide interesting information if they were to be unearthed and explored, and are there any specifically located in the Canadian Province of New Brunswick?” 

Tashni stated that “they will be visible to those who are ready to see.”  Norm tells me that “even to discuss Earth history would be a monumental task.  To begin to explain the histories of life on other planets would involve some tall tale telling that would fill many arctic winters.  Our speech is useful for our mindset, but a great deal of emotion, experience and sentiment that is common to most other beings is missing from our vocabulary, except as twisted by story tellers and poets.”

“What can you tell us about the ancient and present structures here and on other planets nearby, particularly concerning the artificial structures on the Moon and on the technical marvel of the Sphinx-like face on Mars?” 

Tashni suggests that “they are aligned.”  Norm stated that “we will find fantastic structures here on Earth in the future.  Structures that we now cannot even see.  When we understand what we now know about, even more questions will arise.  The answers to these questions will lead to even more questions.  Some structures on Mars and the Moon are man-made, but it is hard to say if they would be recognized as such.  Internet sources have suggested that there are large underground cities in inner-Earth that have been there for a long time. 

Lifestyles 

“Do you have control over the weather on your planet, and ours?” 

Norm confirmed that “most planets control their weather.”

“Do you have regular meals, feeding times and what do you consume?  Do you eat animal flesh, or grains?” 

Norm responded by stating that “the food they eat is very condensed and more chemical than organic in some cases.  In certain cases they may absorb food through their skins but this is part of a particular genetic affliction.  It is not a desirable state of being, and would b) much like a human being fed intravenously.”

“Do you have or use animals, birds other creatures for work?  Do you make, build, grow, or have animal pets, or use a low class of creature or people to do work for you?”  More specifically, are you using some of us as pets or have we been put in laboratories for study or in zoos or a cage on display?  None would respond to this question.

“What can you tell us about the hole in the Ozone layer, and can it be repaired?  Does it need repairing?”

Tashni said that this is “happening.” 

“Do you know about the end of our world, and will it be as God’s Holy Book says?”

Tashni thought, “no, that this is a book which has been altered.”

“Do you have a Bible, a Holy Guide Book of your past history and how to live the ideal life?”

Tashni stated that this question, “is not relevant.”

Now I have to wonder about this response, in light of the recent discoveries that certainly much of the Old Testament was constructed in code with the use of some sort of super-computer.  “The Bible Code,” as it is now generally known, is the name applied to the sequences of cipher hidden within the original Hebrew Torah (the first five books of the Old Testament, Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy), dating back to at least the 13th century BC[334]

“The so-called “Greys” seem to be reported the most often.  Are you one of them? 

One replied, “what does it matter?”  I took this to mean a possible yes.

“What about entertainment, such as music, games?” 

Norm told me that, “for many visitors, art and music are essential parts of life.  For many the idea of possessions would be foreign.  For many, their sense of joy comes from their sense of interaction within their community.” 

 What Happens Next?  

 “What happens next?” 

Tashni told me that there would be major, “shifts in consciousness, and a mass awakening.”

“Will you be able to teach us how to improve our lives here, and are there things that we can show you that will improve yours?”

Tashni indicated that, “it happens now.”

“What do most of the visitors do while they are here?”

“Observe,” said Tashni.

“Have many of them had accidents, and how have the crashes been handled?” 

Tashni indicated that there had been “more than should have.”  Norm told me that there were “things worse than crashes that can happen during 4-D jumps.  You can materialize ahead of your ship (this experience is generally fatal) and that the closer you are to a gravitational field, the more likely you are to bump into something moving at light speed or above.  There are different levels of technology.  Take the guys portrayed in “Fire in the Sky.”  They are a real primitive species, and no longer in space.  The aim of that particular mission was to provide (collect?) living cell structures but not a living organism.  Highly illegal, but in keeping with the technology available to those people.”  The Roswell situation was apparently an experiment that “was valuable in that exactly what was predicted would happen, happened.  It confirmed the worst case scenario.  We were predictably brutal.”

Norm also pointed out that “in a dimensional shift you “travel” millions of light years instantaneously at 1.6 times the speed of light.  The best strategy is to aim for areas of space that are known to be largely empty and give yourself lots of time to slow down.  In battle you want to jump in close to a formation and warp out again before they have time to shoot, and (then) loop back again for another pass.  Accidents are inevitable.  It is always dangerous to cross dimensions.  Mishaps are not common but...”

“Do we have parallel time lines, and can we view them?” 

Norm commented that, “the time lines can be surfed by mystics and prophets.  Great discipline is required to do so, as “freaking out” is not a good thing.” 

Questions about the Montauk Project 

 There is a recurring story, (and for that matter a movie has been made about it), where it has been claimed that the American naval vessel USS Eldridge actually disappeared while the US Navy was conducting radar invisibility experiments at the Philadelphia Navy Yard during the Second World War.  The experiments created an electromagnetic “bottle” which actually diverted radar waves around the ship, changing its electromagnetic field and which in turn surprisingly made the ship invisible (and by one theory, removed it from the space time continuum).  The ship apparently reappeared in Norfolk, Virginia, hundreds of miles away.  The events concerning the ship are usually referred to as the “Philadelphia Experiment.”  Vast research continued on the project well into the late 1940s, culminating with a hole apparently being ripped open through space time at Montauk Point, located on the Eastern end of Long Island, New York, in 1983.  The hole opened a door back to 1943.  As part of this project, it is claimed that a device was developed that could display what a human was thinking.  Sirians and Orions supposedly aided the research.  There is much more to the story than I have space to describe here, but I would like to know what it was all about and what its present status is.

“Are you familiar with the Montauk Project and can you explain what happened to the USS Eldridge?”

Norm came back with; “I don’t know of any way that one can create a field to push a ship of that size into a space or time warp with a propulsion system on a destroyer.  A cross-dimensional jump would create the same effect, but would be extremely unstable and totally unpredictable.  There are other clues that lead me to believe that this is what happened.  It would also be my contention that it was the unpredictability of the process that got it canceled.  There is no way any technology I know of can track, monitor, predict or intervene in a cross-dimensional shift. 

 Governments and the Visitors 

 “What kind of arrangements have visitors made with governments on Earth?” 

I examined a number of different sites on the Internet to get some answers to this question.  A number of them, including reports from John Lear, provided the following composite view from numerous sources of the events surrounding the presumed “official” government cooperation with the visitors.

Lazar claims that “In 1947, President Truman established a group of 12 of the top military scientific personnel of their time. They were known as MJ-12. Although the group exists today, none of the original members are still alive. The last one to die was Gordon Grey, former Secretary of the Army, in 1984. As each member passed away, the group itself appointed a new member to fill the position. There is some speculation that the group known as MJ-12 expanded to at least several more members.”[335]

Lazar stated that “On April 30, 1964, the first communication between…aliens and the U.S. Government took place at Holloman Air Force Base in New Mexico. 3 saucers landed at a prearranged area and a meeting was held between the aliens and intelligence officers of the U.S. Government.  During the period of 1969-1971, MJ-12 representing the U.S. Government made a deal with these creatures, called EBE’s (Extraterrestrial Biological Entities, named by Detlev Bronk, original MJ-12 member and 6th President of Johns Hopkins University). The “deal” was that in exchange for “technology” that they would provide to us, we agreed to “ignore” the abductions that were going on and suppress information on the cattle mutilations. The EBE’s assured MJ-12 that the abductions (usually lasting about 2 hours) were merely the ongoing monitoring of developing civilizations.”[336]

According to Lazar, the abductions are taking place for a number of very specific reasons.  These are: “The insertion of a 3mm spherical device (a spherical “probe”) through the nasal cavity of the abductee into the brain.  The device is used for the biological monitoring, tracking, and control of the abductee.  Implementation of Posthypnotic Suggestion to carry out a specific activity during a specific time period, the actuation of which will occur within the next 2 to 5 years.  Termination of some people so that they could function as living sources for biological material and substances.   Termination of individuals who represent a threat to the continuation of their activity.  Effect genetic engineering experiments.  Impregnation of human females and early termination of pregnancies to secure the crossbreed infant.[337]

In many of the hypnotic regressions conducted on women abductees, it was determined that a number of them had unusual terminated pregnancies.  These women had been shown the products of these experiments and experiences, which appeared to be in the form of  “crossbreeds.”   The creatures were usually frail tiny beings with comparatively large heads, thin skin, very thin arms and legs.  Initially, MJ-12 wasn’t aware of the real intent of the Greys and went along with the agreement.  MJ-12 did however, insist that “a list of the abductees be submitted periodically to the National Security Council (NSC) and MJ-12.”  Presumably the visitors have made similar arrangements with other governments, although details of their organization are not known at this time.[338]

Lazar reports that, “The EBE’s have a genetic disorder in that their digestive system is atrophied and not functional. Some speculate that they were involved in some type of accident or nuclear war, or possibly on the back side of and evolutionary genetic curve. In order to sustain themselves they use an enzyme or hormonal secretion obtained from the tissue that they extract from humans and animals.”[339]

He adds that, “The secretions obtained are then mixed with hydrogen peroxide and applied on the skin by spreading or dipping parts of their bodies in the solution.  The body absorbs the solution, then excretes the waste back through the skin.  The cattle mutilations that were prevalent throughout the period from 1973 to 1983 and publicly noted through newspaper and magazine stories…were for the collection of these tissues by the aliens.  The mutilations included genitals taken, rectums cored out to the colon, eyes, tongue, and throat all surgically removed with extreme precision. In some cases the incisions were made by cutting between the cells, a process we are not yet capable of performing in the field. In many of the mutilations there was no blood found at all in the carcass, yet there was no vascular collapse of the internal organs.  This has been also noted in the human mutilations, one of the first of which was Sgt. Jonathan P. Louette at the White Sands Missile Test Range in 1956, who was found three days after an Air Force Major had witnessed his abduction by a “disk shaped” object at 0300 while on a search for missile debris downrange.  His genitals had been removed, rectum cored out in a surgically precise “plug” up to the colon, eyes removed and all blood removed with, again, no vascular collapse. From some of the evidence it is apparent that this surgery is accomplished, in most cases, while the victim, animal or human, is still alive.”[340]

The various parts are taken to various underground laboratories (one is said to be near Dulce, New Mexico, in a 1-km deep cavern).  The bargained for technology is supposedly being tested at Groom Lake, Nevada.  It can only be operated by the visitors, and therefore cannot be used against them.  MJ-12 has long ago realized its mistake in dealing with the visitors, but doesn’t have a solution to the situation.[341]

Milton William Cooper claims that “the military…had for some time been dealing with extraterrestrial beings, which were called “ALFs’ for Alien Life Forms…He claims that “the aliens are from a dying planet circling the star Betelgeuse, (and that they) signed a treaty with President Eisenhower, who went to Edward’s Air Force Base in California to meet them.  This treaty allows them to abduct an occasional human if they return him or her unharmed.  Eventually all the aliens will emigrate to earth and occupy secret underground caverns which are now being prepared in the southwestern United States.”[342]

Ruth Montgomery’s guides stressed that, “there are other life forms on many planets, “both within and without your galaxy.”…the same God created all, but different kinds of life forms developed in various areas of the universe.  “Some of the planets are vastly more advanced that Earth and were created much earlier…Their beings do not resemble the human form, and some are vastly more developed in science and technology than Earthlings.  Other planets trail behind Earth in their development, but it is the advance ones whose inhabitants have been visiting Earth, or at least keeping tabs on it.  Many are aware of the upcoming shift through their advanced measurements, and that has piqued their interest.”[343]

Concerning secrets, all governments have them.  The government of the United States for example, has been accused of covering up secrets concerning the visitors.  This has extended to what can only be determined to be “beyond curious.”  According to Whitley Strieber, in the late 1970s physicist Stanton T. Friedman “precipitated along with the Citizens against UFO Secrecy (CAUS)” an investigation into a possible U.S. government cover-up on the subject.  Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), “CAUS asked to obtain UFO information from the CIA.  The CIA claimed that it had none.  After the demand was made through federal Judge Gerhard Gesell, the CIA produced documents, some of which suggested that other agencies, including the National Security Agency (NSA), also had files.  (“The CIA admitted finding over 900 pages of material concerning UFOs and released a list of 57 documents originating with other agencies, including the State Department and the DIA and 18 from the NSA.  The NSA, when taken to court and forced to do a search, admitted finding 239 UFO documents with 79 originating with other agencies, including 23 from the CIA, which somehow hadn’t found them when doing its initial search.”)[344] 

A request to the NSA for its documents was turned down.  Further court action elicited none of the 156 documents which were withheld.  CAUS then asked Gesell to request to see the documents that he might rule on the legality of the NSA’s actions.  Incredibly, the NSA refused even to do this.  Instead, it produced an affidavit saying why they should be kept secret.”[345]

“To read this affidavit, Gesell had to be security cleared Above Top Secret.  When he had read the affidavit, the judge agreed that nobody should be allowed to read the documents – not even himself!  When the issue was brought before the Court of Appeals, that tribunal concurred with Gesell and the NSA that they didn’t need to know…Whatever was in that affidavit was so convincing that they agreed without question to continue the cover-up.”  Obviously, “those documents contain information that is spectacularly and incredibly secret.”[346]

Lazar has additional government cover-up information that is of interest.  He has reported that, at one point, MJ-12 apparently had three living aliens in their custody, “designated EBE1, EBE2, and EBE3.  They were being held in a facility designated as YY-II at Los Alamos, New Mexico.”  Another similar facility is said to exist at Edward’s Air Force Base in Mojave, California.  The National Security Agency (NSA) is reported by Lazar to be working on Project Aquarius (dealing with the subject of communication with visitors) and Project SNOWBIRD (a project to test fly visitor’s flying craft at Groom Lake, Nevada).  Underground visitor bases reportedly include Archuleta Mesa, about 2.5 miles NW of Dulce, New Mexico, Kirtland AFB, Holloman AFB, Groom Lake, Sunspot, Datil, Pietown, Northern Nevada, and Roswell among others, and RAF Bentwaters in England.[347]  Knowing a number of personnel who have actually worked at these sites, none of them have ever substantiated any of this Internet data.  Meanwhile, the reported truth about the intention of the Greys is that they intend to stay here and stay in control of our world.

Reg Miller’s guides informed him that, “Around the world there are many bases used by the Pleiadians and other Travelers.  Some are accessed through underwater portals and others through portals in remote mountainous regions.  Tunnels connect the bases.  The longest is several thousand miles long.  The Pleiadian’s purpose is to observe and do scientific research, but not to help the Earth humans through catastrophic times.  Observing what happens on Earth is a living history lesson and reminder of what occurred in their past.”[348]

MJ-12

The details that have been discovered about the Majestic Twelve (MJ-12) Group are reported to be as follows:  In July 1947, a US Government working group was apparently established by General George C. Marshall, to examine and study the Roswell-Magdalena UFO crash recovery and debris.  It was also set up to investigate the increasing incidents of visitors and to devise a method of dealing with them.  MJ-12 is said to be the unseen group that oversees offices set up to analyze and duplicate the technologies recovered from the disks.  The original members were identified as “Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, Dr. Vannevar Bush, Secretary James Forestall, General Nathan P. Twining, General Hoyt S. Vandenburg, Dr. Detlev Bronk, Dr. Jerome Hunsaker, Mr. Sidney W. Souers, Mr. Gordon Grey, Dr. Donald Menzel, General Robert M. Montague, and Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner.”  Most have died since the inception of MJ-12, some of the most recent sitting members may be: General Walter Bedel Smith, Dr. Henry Kissinger, Dr. Teller [father of the H-bomb], Bobby Inman and Admiral Poindexter, Harold Brown, Richard Helms, General Vernon Walters and Von Karmon are mentioned as possible present members of MJ-12).[349] 

The ongoing collective perception of those who follow this line of thought is that sometime between 1947 and 1951, actual contact between the government and the Greys was unexpectedly made. 

Tidal Wave of Light

Barbara Marciniak spoke of a coming “Galactic Tidal Wave of Light.”  She stated that one should “Let your intuitive self become your authority.  Allow your intuitive self to be the standard bearer of your experience which is experience no one else is going to validate.  Your experience springs from the assignment that you are knowing, and not necessarily remembering you are on.  If you approach all that you know with the stance that there is divine order and divine purpose, without your ego aspect comprehending it all the time, you will move rapidly through realities.  There will be many different ways this galactic tidal wave of light will be experienced.  Definitely it will catapult everyone into some exaggerated version of their greatest opportunity.  That of course is each person’s choice.”[351]

David Koerner and Simon LeVay of SETI have stated that, “Our belief, though, is that the search will be rewarded, and soon.  No argument is conclusive, and we may be influenced more than we realize by tribal yearnings.  But the trail of discovery hangs heavy with the scent of life.  What will we find?  Who knows?  Dragons surely not, but maybe something more outlandish.  Humans surely not, but maybe someone wiser.”[352] 

A Tear in the Fabric 

“In Feynman’s formation of quantum mechanics, an object be it a particle or a string, travels from one location to another by “sniffing out” all possible trajectories.  The resulting motion that is observed is a combination of all possibilities, with the relative contributions of each possible trajectory precisely determined by the mathematics of quantum mechanics.  Should a tear in the fabric of space occur, then among the possible trajectories of traveling strings are those that encircle the tear…Even if no strings seem to be near the tear when it occurs, quantum mechanics takes account of physical effects from all possible string trajectories and among these are numerous (infinite in fact) protective paths that encircle the tear.  It is these contributions that Witten showed precisely to cancel out the cosmic calamity that the tear would otherwise create.”[353]

Change 

“Every once in a while the existing “order” is overturned quickly through the simultaneous individual actions of many (the fall of the Berlin Wall and the Iron Curtain, for example), or more often by the slower pace of individual actions.  However, in all instances change comes from individual actions.  The smoothness or the chaos is determined by the foundational values and the prominence that these values have in the individual participants.  The need to focus on “values” first, then “mission” and then “means” is required…Every change rests with individuals deciding to do something different in the areas they can effect, based on where they are at the moment.  Change does not require any other external motivator.”[354]

Acorn Sends

This is the end of this particular series of interviews, and more will follow in the near future.  In the meantime, perhaps you have come up with a list of questions of your own.  Good luck in your search for answers, keep an open but skeptical mind, and bear in mind that there are good reasons for understanding that “we are not alone.”

Cheers, Acorn sends.

Never Fear

“I must not fear.  Fear is the mind-killer.  Fear is the little-death that brings total obliteration.  I will face my fear.  I will permit it to pass over me and through me.  And when it has gone past I will turn the inner eye to see its path.  Where the fear has gone there will be nothing.  Only I will remain.”[355]  Bene Gesserit rite.

“Never fear your journey ahead, for as God has watched over you all your life and, in spite of your fears, has brought you through all the trials and sorrows of your life, so God will take you through the darkest vale, into the light.”[356]

Epilogue

To bring this book to a close with a look to the future, I asked the guides through Donna once again about their prediction that the earth changes would come sometime in the near future.  “Can you tell me more on how this will come about and what will be left?”

“You cannot prepare anyone for them, they must occur as they are to occur, one piece at a time…The changes may not be as intense as first suggested.  Much has changed on the planet, and light is being collected at an exponential rate.  Changes will be more intense for (some), less intense for others.  It depends on their…scope, their adaptability.”

And there it is.  Change.  Watch then, for it is the only thing that is constant.  Harold sends.

Afterword

I had one more question for Tashni’s guides.  “Now that the story is out, do you have any comments on what it will do?”

“The journal will serve to join - link many peoples who at this time feel they are alone.  As these messages get dispersed within your world, more and more will see the messages and in time be more open to our words.  All writings provided to the larger groups serve this purpose.  It is the word, or turn of phrase that often begins the activation process.  In this one, many have been activated by the words used.  We all need that switch for memories.   So as you record these things and other messages that you receive, so it shall be placed together and given to the larger group of peoples.   In time, these messages will form critical mass and it shall pass that the peoples of earth will move with grand Terra.  Our work will be done.  As you often say in your world, “nothing is by chance.”  So shall these writings be." 

Perhaps there is more to follow.  Perhaps, in the next book.

Conclusions

As a military parachutist and sport skydiver, I have had a life-long interest in the world of aviation.  I have also learned that you should never land in an airplane if you don’t want to die in one.  (I have two parachutes and you have only one aircraft with a lot more working parts that can go wrong).  Even the visitors know this or the Roswell incident would never have happened. As an army officer deployed on a number of missions overseas, I had the occasion to witness first hand the extremes of man’s humanity to his fellow man, and his occasional drifts at times into inhumanity.  The visitors have good reasons to mistrust us.  I would like, however, to be part of the bridge-building that may be needed to establish that necessary trust.  I served with the United Nations forces in Cyprus.  In Bosnia, I participated with 39 other countries in a NATO-led Peace Stabilization Force (SFOR) whose primary mission was to ensure that “this day nobody dies.” It was the same with my team in the Kabul Multi-National Brigade in Afghanistan.  It has been an incredible honour to have been part of something with the “greater good” as its reason for being.

My conclusion is that the visitors are here and they are watching.  Mutual respect is required to ensure that we “move ahead,” in our relationships with the visitors.  Grant that we do some good and “make a difference,” whatever results from their visits. 

Walk in the Light.  Acorn sends.

Bibliography

Achenbach, Joel.  Captured by Aliens, The Search for Life and Truth in a Very Large Universe. New York, NY, Simon & Schuster, 1999.

Altea, Rosemary.  Proud Spirit, Lessons, Insights & Healing from “The Voice of the Spirit World.”  New York, NY, Eagle Book, William Morrow and Company, Inc., 1997.

Andrews, Shirly.  Atlantis, Insights From a Lost Civilization. St Paul, MN, Llewllyn Publications, 1999.

Arguelles, Jose.   The Mayan Factor, Path Beyond Technology. Santa Fe, New Mexico, Bear & Company, 1987 & 1996.

Aronson, Virginia.  Celestial Healing, Close Encounters That Cure.  New York, A Signet Book, Penguin Putnam Inc., 1999.

Begich, Nick & Roderick, James.  Earth Rising, The Revolution.  Toward a Thousand Years of Peace.  Anchorage, Alaska, Earthpulse Press, 2000.

Belhayes, Iris, with Enid.  Spirit Guides, We are not alone. San Diego, CA, ACS Publications, 1985.

Bentov, Itzhak.  Stalking The Wild Pendulum, On the Mechanics of Consciousness. Rochester, Vermont, Destiny Books, 1977.

Braden, Gregg.  Awakening to Zero Point, The Collective Initiation. Bellevue, Washington, Radio Bookstore Press, 1993 & 1997.

Braden, Gregg.  The Isaiah Effect, Decoding the Lost Science of Prayer and Prophecy.  New York, Harmony Books, 2000.

Bramley, William.  The Gods of Eden.  New York, Avon Books, 1989.

Brennan, Herbie.  The Atlantis Enigma.  New York, Berkeley Books, 1999.

Brown, Courtney.  Cosmic Explorers, Scientific Remote Viewing, Extraterrestrials and a Message for Mankind.  Toronto, Ontario, A Dutton Book, Penguin Group, 1999.

Browne, Silvia.  The Other Side and Back, A Psychic’s Guide to Our World and Beyond. New York, NY, A Dutton Book, Penguin Putnam Inc., 1999.

Browne, Silvia.  God, Creation and Tools for Life. Carlsbad, California, Hay House Inc., 2000.

Cooper, Milton William.  Behold A Pale Horse.  Sadona, Arizona, Light Technology Publishing, 1991.

Corso, Col. Philip J.  The Day After Roswell, New York, NY, Pocket Books, 1997.

Cotterell, Maurice.  The Tutankhamun Prophecies, The Sacred Secret of the Mayas, Egyptians and Freemasons.  London, Headline Books, 1999.

Eagle, White.  The Quiet Mind, Sayings of White Eagle.  New Lands, Liss, Hampshire, England, The White Eagle Publishing Trust, 1972.

Engebert, Phillis and Dupuis, Diane L.  The Handy Space Answer Book. Detroit, MI, Visible Ink Press, 1998.

Feather, Ken.  Traveling with Power, The Exploration and Development of Perception. Charlottesville, VA, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., 1992.

Frejer, B. Ernest.  The Edgar Cayce Companion; A Comprehensive Treatise of the Edgar Cayce Readings. Virginia Beach, Virginia, ARE Press, 1995.

Friedman, Stanton T.  Top Secret/Majic, New York, NY, Marlowe & Company, 1996.

Frissell, Bob.  Nothing in This Book Is True, But Its Exactly How Things Are.  The Esoteric Meaning of the Monuments on Mars. Berkeley, California, Frog Ltd, 1994.

Gibbon, John .  Unveiling the Edge of Time, Black Holes, White Holes, Wormholes.  Toronto, Ontario, Three Rivers Press, Crown Publishers, Inc., 1992.

Gilbert, Adrian.  Signs in the Sky, Prophecies for the Birth of a New Age.  Toronto, Ontario, Bantam Press, 2000.

Glenday, Craig.  The UFO Investigator’s Handbook, The Practical Guide to Researching, Identifying and Documenting Unexplained Sightings.  Toronto, Ontario, Elan Press, 1999.

Good, Timothy.  Above Top Secret, The Worldwide UFO Cover-up.  New York, NY, Quill, William Morrow, 1988.

Green, Brian.  The Elegant Universe, Superstrings, Hidden Dimensions, and the Quest for the Ultimate Theory.  New York, Vintage Books, Random House Inc, 1999.

Guralink, David B. Editor in Chief.  Webster’s New World Dictionary of the American Language.  New York, Simon and Schuster, 1984.

Haines, Richard F.  CE-5 Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind. Napierville, Illinois, Sourcebooks Incorporated, 1999.

Heeren, Fred.  Show Me God, What the Message from Space is Telling Us about God. Wheeling, Illinois, Day Star Publications, 1995.

Herbert, Frank.  Dune.  Chilton Way, Radnor, Pennsylvania, Berkley Publishing Corporation, Chilton Book Company, 1965.

Hessemann, Michael, & Manthe, Philip.  Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s. New York, NY, Marlowe and Company, 1997.

Hill, Paul R.  Unconventional Flying Objects, a scientific analysis. Charlottesville, VA, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., 1995.

Hogue, John.  Nostradamus, The Complete Prophecies.  Boston, Massachusetts, Element Books, 1997.

The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments in the King James Version. Camden, New Jersey, Thomas Nelson Inc., 1970.

Hopkins, Budd.  Missing Time, A Documented Study of UFO Abductions.  New York, Richard Marek Publishers, 1981.

Hough, Peter & Kalman, Moyshe.  The Truth About Alien Abductions.  London, Blandford Books, 1997.

Icke, David.  …and the truth shall set you free, , Cambridge, England,

Bridge of Love Publications, 1995.

Icke, David.  The Biggest Secret. Scottsdale, Arizona, Bridge of Love Publications, 1999.

Jacobs, David M.  The Threat, Revealing the Secret Alien Agenda.  New York, NY, A Fireside Book, Simon & Schuster, 1998.

Koerner, David.,  & LeVay, Simon.  Here Be Dragons, The Scientific Quest for Extraterrestrial Life.  New York, NY, Oxford University Press Inc., 2000.

Knight, Christopher and Lomas, Robert .  Uriel’s Machine, Uncovering the Secrets of Stonehenge, Noah’s Flood and the Dawn of Civilization.  The Prehistoric Technology that Survived the Flood.  Element Books, Boston, Massachusetts, 1999.

Kurland, Michael.  The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence. New York, NY, Alpha Books, 1999.

Leger, Don.  Maritime UFO Files, Personal accounts taken from actual military and RCMP documents.  Toronto, Ontario, Nimbus Publishing, 1998.

Lehner, Mark.  The Complete Pyramids, London, Thames and Hudson, 1997.

Lewis, C.S.  The Chronicles of Narnia, Book Seven, The Last Battle. New York, NY, Harper Trophy Books, 1956.

Mack, John E.  Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens.  New York, Ballantine Books, 1994.

Mandelbaum, W. Adam.  The Psychic Battlefield, A History of the Military-Occult Complex.  New York, St Martin’s Press, 2000.

Maor, Eli.  June 8, 2004, Venus in Transit. , Princeton, New Jersey, Princeton University Press, 2000.

Marciniak, Barbara.  Bringers of the Dawn, Teaching of the Pleiadians.  Santa Fe, New Mexico, Bear & Company, Inc., 1992.

Marrs, Jim.  Alien Agenda, Investigating the Extraterrestrial Presence Among Us. New York, NY, Harper Collins Publishers, 1997.

Marrs, Jim.  Rule by Secrecy, The Hidden History that connects the Trilateral Commission, the Free Masons, and the Great Pyramid.  New York, NY, Harper Collins Publishers, 2000.

McKnight, Rosalind A.  Cosmic Journeys, My Out-of-Body Explorations with Robert A. Monroe. Charlottesville, VA, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., 1999.

McMoneagle, Joseph.  The Ultimate Time Machine.  A Remote Viewer’s Perception of Time and Predictions for the New Millennium. Charlottesville, VA, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., 1998.

Miller, Reg T.  Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation.  Blue Hill, Maine, Pyra Publishing, 1998.

Montgomery, Ruth.  The World to Come, The Guides Long Awaited Predictions for the Dawning Age.  New York, NY, Harmony Books, 1999.

Moore William L. & Charles Berlitz, Charles.  The Philadelphia Experiment, Project Invisibility.  An Account of a Search for  Secret Navy Wartime Project That May Have Succeeded – Too Well.  New York, Fawcett Crest, 1979.

Pearsall, Judy.  Editor.  Concise Oxford Dictionary, 10th Edition.  Oxford, Oxford Press, 1999.

Pope, Nick.  Open Skies, Closed Minds, For the First Time a Government UFO Expert Speaks Out. New York, NY, A Dell Book, Random House Inc., 1998.

Randle, Kevin D., Estes, Russ, and Cone, William P.  The Abduction Enigma, The truth behind the mass alien abductions of the late twentieth century. New York, NY, Tom Doherty Associates Inc., A Forge Book, 1999.

Randles, Jenny.  The Truth Behind Men-in-Black, Government Agents – or Visitors from Beyond.  New York, NY, St. Martin’s Press, Judy Piatleus Publisher’s, Ltd., 1997.

Sagan, Carl.  Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space. New York, NY, Random House, 1994.

Sanderson, Ivan T.  Uninvited Visitors. New York, NY, Cowles Education Corporation, 1967.

Saunder, Richard.  Under Ground Bases and Tunnels, What is the government trying to hide? Kempton, Illinois, Adventures Unlimited Press, 1995.

Stacy, Dennis, and Huyghe, Patrick Huyghe.  The Field Guide to UFOs, A Classification of Various Unidentified Aerial Phenomena Based on Eyewitness Accounts. New York, NY, Quill Books, Harper Collins Publishers, 2000.

Strieber, Whitley.  Communion, A True Story.   New York, NY, Avon Books, 1987.

Temple, Robert.  The Sirius Mystery, New Evidence for Alien Contact 5,000 years ago.  London, Arrow Books, 1999.

Tolkien, J.R.R.  The Lord of the Rings. Boston, Massachusetts, 1954, Houghton Mifflin Company, 1954, 1994.

Tompkins, Peter.  Secrets of the Great Pyramid, The adventures and discoveries of the explorers and scientists who, for two thousand years, have been probing the Mystery of the Great Pyramid of Cheops.  New York, Perennial Library, Harper & Row, 1978.

Velikovsky, Immanuel.  Earth in Upheaval.  New York, Pocket Books, Simon & Schuster, Inc., 1955.

Walsch, Neale Donald.  Conversations with God, an uncommon dialogue, book 3. Charlottesville, VA, Hampton Roads Publishing Company Inc., 1998.

Weiss, Brian L.  Many Lives, Many Masters.  New York, A Fireside Book, Simon & Schuster Inc., 1998.

Wise, Elia.  Letter to Earth, Who We Are Becoming, What We Need to Know.  New York, Harmony Books, 2000.

Internet Sources:

http://hawk.hama-med.ac.jp/dbk/chnpyramid.htmlChinese Pyramids.

http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/sirians.html.  Spirit Web.  Sirians.

ftp://wiretap.spies.com/Library/Fringe/Ufo/greys.ufo.  John Lear.  Greys.

http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.  K.K. Martin.  Alien Types.

http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/vega.htm.  PLAN and Starborn News Home Page.  Alien Races.

http://www.ne.jp/asahi/stellar/scenes/seiza_e/ori.htm.  PLAN and Starborn News Home Page.  Stars.

http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/orions.htm.  PLAN and Starborn News Home Page.  Orions.

http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel.  Channelings.

http://www.arcturan.com/why.html. PLAN and Starborn News Home Page.  Arcturans.

http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.  John Lear.  Aliens.

http://www.algonet.se/~carin_o/andromed/special.htm.  Olofsson, Carin.  Information About Andromedans.



[1] Courtney Brown, Cosmic Explorers, Scientific Remote Viewing, Extraterrestrials and a Message for Mankind, A Dutton Book, Penguin Group, Toronto, Ontario, 1999, p. 232.

[2] The Gospel According to St. John , Chapter 10, Verse 16, The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments in the King James Version, Thomas Nelson Inc., Camden, New Jersey, 1970, p. 79.

[3] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 65.

[4] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, p. 365.

[5] Concise Oxford Dictionary, 10th Edition.  Judy Pearsall, Editor.  (Oxford: Oxford Press, 1999), p. 33.

[6] Webster’s New World Dictionary of the American Language.  David B. Guralink, Editor in Chief.  (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1984), p. 34.

[7] Webster’s, p. 1588.

[8] J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord of the Rings, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 1954, 1994, p. 347.

[9] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, p. 377.

[10] Message from Pam’s guides for Acorn to pass to those who must understand.

[11] Brian Greene, The Elegant Universe, New York: Vintage Books, March 2000, p. 387.

[12] Neale Donald Walsch, Conversations with God, an uncommon dialogue, book 3, Hampton Roads Publishing Company Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1998, p. 327.

[13] Brian L. Weiss, Many Lives, Many Masters, A Fireside Book, Simon & Schuster Inc., 1998, p. 218.

[14] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, p. 365.

[15] From a reading with Donna Somerville, 02 June 2000.

[16] Iris Belhayes with Enid, Spirit Guides, We are not alone, ACS Pubs, San Diego, CA, 1985, p. 165.

[17] Iris Belhayes with Enid, Spirit Guides, We are not alone, p. 69.

[18] As much as they are three, they are one…like hearing a voice behind a voice…very set in what they are about.  21 Oct 99.

[19] Virginia Aronson, Celestial Healing, Close Encounters That Cure, A Signet Book, Penguin Putnam Inc., 1999, pp. 241-243.

[20] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 310.

[21] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 318.

[22] Courtney Brown, Cosmic Explorers, Scientific Remote Viewing, Extraterrestrials and a Message for Mankind, A Dutton Book, Penguin Group, Toronto, Ontario, 1999, p. 153.

[23] Jim Marrs, Alien Agenda, Investigating the Extraterrestrial Presence Among Us, Harper Collins Publishers, New York, NY, 1997, p. 565.

[24] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.167.

[25] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.172.

[26] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.173.

[27] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic,  p.173.

[28] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, pp. 112-116.

[29] Milton William Cooper, Behold A Pale Horse, Light Technology Publishing, Sadona, Arizona, 1991, p. 199.

[30] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 203.

[31] Paul R. Hill, Unconventional Flying Objects, a scientific analysis, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1995, p. 335.

[32] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 177.

[33] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 191.

[34] Paul R. Hill, Unconventional Flying Objects, a scientific analysis, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1995, p. 336.

[35] Paul R. Hill, Unconventional Flying Objects, a scientific analysis, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1995, p. 336.

[36] Paul R. Hill, Unconventional Flying Objects, a scientific analysis, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1995, p. 336.

[37] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[38] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[39] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[40] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[41] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/andromedan.htm.

[42] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 117.

[43] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 124.

[44] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/andromedan.htm.

[45] Carin Olofsson, Information About Andromedans, 23 June 1993.  Online Posting, 03 Jul 2000, http://www.algonet.se/~carin_o/andromed/special.htm.

[46] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[50] Ruth Montgomery, The World to Come, The Guides Long Awaited Predictions for the Dawning Age, Harmony Books, New York, NY, 2000, pp. 93-94.

[53] John Lear, 13 December 1987, Online Posting, 3 July 2000, ftp://wiretap.spies.com/Library/Fringe/Ufo/greys.ufo.

[54] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/aryan.htm.

[55] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[56] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[57] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/blues.htm.

[58] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[59] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[60] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/confederationofhumans.htm.

[61] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/centaurian.htm.

[62] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[63] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[64] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[65] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[66] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[67] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/dals.htm.

[68] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[69] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[70] J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord of the Rings, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 1954, 1994, p. 822.

[71] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[72] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[73] John Lear, 13 December 1987, Online Posting, 3 July 2000, ftp://wiretap.spies.com/Library/Fringe/Ufo/greys.ufo.

[74] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[75] John Lear, 13 December 1987, Online Posting, 3 July 2000, ftp://wiretap.spies.com/Library/Fringe/Ufo/greys.ufo.

[76] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[77] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[78] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/greys.htm.

[79] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[80] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/greys.htm.

[81] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/orions.htm.  Also: John Lear, who claims that some 80 different Alien species are visiting Earth.  John Lear, 13 December 1987, Online Posting, 3 July 2000, ftp://wiretap.spies.com/Library/Fringe/Ufo/greys.ufo.

[82] Shirly Andrews, Atlantis, Insights From a Lost Civilization, Llewllyn Publications, St Paul, MN, 1999, p. 243.

[83] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/aliens_at_51.html.

[84] Bob Frissell, Nothing in This Book Is True, But Its Exactly How Things Are.  The Esoteric Meaning of the Monuments on Mars, Frog Ltd, Berkeley, California, 1994, pp. 158-159.

[85] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 134.

[86] Frank Herbert, Dune, Berkley Publishing Corporation, Chilton Book Company, Chilton Way, Radnor, Pennsylvania, 1965, p. 244.

[87] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[88] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[89] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[90] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 117.

[91] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/aryan.htm.

[92] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/pleiadians.htm.

[93] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/sirians.htm.

[94] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[95] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[96] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[97] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[98] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[99] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[100] John Lear, 13 December 1987, Online Posting, 3 July 2000, ftp://wiretap.spies.com/Library/Fringe/Ufo/greys.ufo.

[101] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[102] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[103] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[104] Ruth Montgomery, The World to Come, The Guides Long Awaited Predictions for the Dawning Age, Harmony Books, New York, NY, 1999, p.

[105] Rosemary Altea, Proud Spirit, Lessons, Insights & Healing from “The Voice of the Spirit World,” Eagle Book, William Morrow and Company, Inc., New York, NY, 1997, pp. 148-149.

[106] Ruth Montgomery, The World to Come, The Guides Long Awaited Predictions for the Dawning Age, Harmony Books, New York, NY, 2000, p.

[107] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[108] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[109] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/lyrians.htm.

[110] These excerpts are taken from an Internet site concerning the “History of the Council of the six,” with the focus on the descriptions of Dracos and other Visitors as related via channel by Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel.  Much of the detail is in accord with that passed to me in the conversations with Norm, Mac, Tashni, Pam and Donna.  Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  P. 17.

[111] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[112] John Lear, 13 December 1987, Online Posting, 3 July 2000, ftp://wiretap.spies.com/Library/Fringe/Ufo/greys.ufo.

[113] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, pp. 168.

[114] Jenny Randles, The Truth Behind Men-in-Black, Government Agents – or Visitors from Beyond, St. Martin’s Press, Judy Piatleus Publisher’s, Ltd., New York, NY, 1997, p. 240.

[115] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[116] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[117] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[118] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[119] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[120] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/orions.htm.

[121] Notes taken from a discussion with Marianne and “Mac” in January and June 2000.

[122] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, p. 371.

[123] Silvia Browne, The Other Side and Back, A Psychic’s Guide to Our World and Beyond, A Dutton Book, Penguin Putnam Inc., New York, NY, 1999, p. 272.

[124] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, p. 377.

[125] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[126] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/orions.htm.

[127] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.ne.jp/asahi/stellar/scenes/seiza_e/ori.htm.

[128] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[129] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/pleiadians.htm.

[130] Ken Eagle Feather, Traveling with Power, The Exploration and Development of Perception, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1992, p. 207.

[131] Ken Eagle Feather, Traveling with Power, The Exploration and Development of Perception, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1992, p. 211.

[132] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 143.

[133] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/pleiadians.htm.

[134] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/pleiadians.htm.

[135] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/pleiadians.htm.

[136] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[137] Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  P. 2.

[138] Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  P. 3.

[139] Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  P. 10.

[140] Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  P. 2.

[141] Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  P. 2.

[142] Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  P. 3.

[143] Roger Kerr and Elora Gabriel, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  P. 3.

[144] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[145] J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord of the Rings, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 1954, 1994, p. 345.

[146] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[147] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[148] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[149] Shirly Andrews, Atlantis, Insights From a Lost Civilization, Llewllyn Publications, St Paul, MN, 1999, p. 243.

[150] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/sirians.htm.

[151] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[152] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[153] John Lear, 13 December 1987, Online Posting, 3 July 2000, ftp://wiretap.spies.com/Library/Fringe/Ufo/greys.ufo.

[154] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[155] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[156] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[157] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[158] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[159] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[160] PLAN and Starborn News Home Page, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://www.the.net/para/alien_races/vega.htm.

[161] Martin, K.K. Alien Types, Online Posting, 02 July 2000, http://home.swbell.net/kkmartin/types.htm.

[162] John Lear, 13 December 1987, Online Posting, 3 July 2000, ftp://wiretap.spies.com/Library/Fringe/Ufo/greys.ufo.

[163] Craig Glenday, The UFO Investigator’s Handbook, The Practical Guide to Researching, Identifying and Documenting Unexplained Sightings, Elan Press, Toronto, 1999, p. 78.

[164] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, Ballantine Books, New York, 1994, p. 27.

[165] Whitley Strieber, Communion, A True Story, Avon Books, New York, New York, 1987, p. 21.

[166] David Icke, The Biggest Secret, Bridge of Love Publications, Scottsdale, Arizona, 1999, p. 485.

[167] Rosalind A. McKnight, Cosmic Journeys, My Out-of-Body Explorations with Robert A. Monroe, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1999, pp. 280-281.

[168] Gregg Braden, Awakening to Zero Point, The Collective Initiation, Radio Bookstore Press, Bellevue, Washington, 1993 & 1997, p. 96.

[169] Immanuel Velikovsky, Earth in Upheaval, Pocket Books, Simon & Schuster, Inc., 1955, p. 269.

[170] Phillis Engebert and Diane L. Dupuis, The Handy Space Answer Book, Visible Ink Press, Detroit, MI, 1998, p. 418.

[171] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, pp. 149.

[172] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 125.

[173] Phillip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, The True Story of a Journalist’s Encounter with Alien Beings, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 1998, p. 43.

[174] Phillip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, p. 46.

[175] Phillip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, p. 49.

[176] Phillip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, p. 49.

[177] Courtney Brown, Cosmic Explorers, Scientific Remote Viewing, Extraterrestrials and a Message for Mankind, A Dutton Book, Penguin Group, Toronto, Ontario, 1999, p. 98.

[178] John Hogue, Nostradamus, The Complete Prophecies, Element Books, Boston, Massachusetts, 1997, p. 780.

[179] John Hogue, Nostradamus, The Complete Prophecies, Element Books, Boston, Massachusetts, 1997, p. 92.

[180] John Hogue, Nostradamus, The Complete Prophecies, Element Books, Boston, Massachusetts, 1997, p. .

[181] If any of the military participants from the June 2000 CISM Military Parachute Team competition tryout read this, grin and remember :^)

[182] W. Adam Mandelbaum, The Psychic Battlefield, A History of the Military-Occult Complex, St Martin’s Press, New York, 2000, pp. 177-179.

[183] Joel Achenbach, Captured by Aliens, The Search for Life and Truth in a Very Large Universe, Simon & Schuster, New York, NY, 1999, p. 21.

[184] David Koerner & Simon LeVay, Here Be Dragons, The Scientific Quest for Extraterrestrial Life, Oxford University Press Inc., New York, NY, 2000, p. 161.

[185] David M. Jacobs, The Threat, Revealing the Secret Alien Agenda, A Fireside Book, Simon & Schuster, New York, NY, 1998, p. 257.

[186] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 307.

[187] Ken Eagle Feather, Traveling with Power, The Exploration and Development of Perception, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1992, p. 207.

[188] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 224.

[189] Milton William Cooper, Behold A Pale Horse, Light Technology Publishing, Sadona, Arizona, 1991, p. 201.

[190] Whitley Strieber, Communion, A True Story, Avon Books, New York, New York, 1987, pp. 300-301.

[191] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 307.

[192] The Book of Ezekiel, Chapter 1, Verses 4 to 28, The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments in the King James Version, Thomas Nelson Inc., Camden, New Jersey, 1970, pp. 559-560.

[193] Barbara Marciniak, Bringers of the Dawn, Teaching of the Pleiadians, Bear & Company, Inc., Santa Fe, NMN, 1992, p. 37.

[194] Phillip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, The True Story of a Journalist’s Encounter with Alien Beings, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 1998, pp. 11-12.

[195] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 119.

[196] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 120.

[197] Jose Arguelles, The Mayan Factor, Path Beyond Technology, Bear & Company, Santa Fe, New Mexico, 1987 & 1996, p. 223.

[198] Psalm 18, Verse 10, The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments in the King James Version, Thomas Nelson Inc., Camden, New Jersey, 1970, p. 402.

[199] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 70.

[200] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 70.

[201] Dennis Stacy and Patrick Huyghe, The Field Guide to UFOs, A Classification of Various Unidentified Aerial Phenomena Based on Eyewitness Accounts, Quill Books, Harper Collins Publishers, New York, NY, 2000, p. 145.

[202] Ken Eagle Feather, Traveling with Power, The Exploration and Development of Perception, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1992, p. 211.

[203] Rosalind A. McKnight, Cosmic Journeys, My Out-of-Body Explorations with Robert A. Monroe, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1999, p. 106.

[204] Courtney Brown, Cosmic Explorers, Scientific Remote Viewing, Extraterrestrials and a Message for Mankind, A Dutton Book, Penguin Group, Toronto, Ontario, 1999, p. 100.

[205] J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord of the Rings, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 1954, 1994, p. 449.

[206] William Bramley, The Gods of Eden, Avon Books, New York, 1989, p. 35.

[207] Phillip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, The True Story of a Journalist’s Encounter with Alien Beings, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 1998, pp. 60-61.

[208] Phillip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, p. 69.

[209] Phillip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, p. 69.

ip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, p. 49.

[211] David Icke, …and the truth shall set you free, Bridge of Love Publications, Cambridge, England, 1995, p. 486.

[212] Col. Philip J. Corso, The Day After Roswell, Pocket Books, New York, NY, 1997, pp. 4-5.

[213] Timothy Good, Above Top Secret, The Worldwide UFO Cover-up, Quill, William Morrow, New York, NY, 1988, pp. 204-205.

[214] Jill Tarter interview, David Koerner & Simon LeVay, Here Be Dragons, The Scientific Quest for Extraterrestrial Life, Oxford University Press Inc., New York, NY, 2000, p. 181.

[215] William L. Moore & Charles Berlitz, The Philadelphia Experiment, Project Invisibility.  An Account of a Search for  Secret Navy Wartime Project That May Have Succeeded – Too Well, Fawcett Crest, New York, 1979, p. 267.

[216] Conversation with Aria Morin, June 2000.

[217] C.S. Lewis, The Chronicles of Narnia, Book Seven, The Last Battle, Harper Trophy Books, New York, NY, 1956, p. 173.

[220] Robert Temple, The Sirius Mystery, New Evidence for Alien Contact 5,000 years ago, Arrow Books, London, 1999, p. 110.

[221] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, Ballantine Books, New York, 1994, pp. 21-22.

[222] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, Ballantine Books, New York, 1994, p. 22.

[223] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, pp. 22-23.

[224] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens,  pp. 23.

[225] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, p. 23.

[226] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, pp. 23-24.

[227] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, p. 24.

[228] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, pp. 24.

[229] Kevin D. Randle, Russ Estes and William P. Cone, The Abduction Enigma, The truth behind the mass alien abductions of the late twentieth century, Tom Doherty Associates Inc., A Forge Book, New York, NY, 1999, p. 359.

[230] Budd Hopkins, Missing Time, A Documented Study of UFO Abductions, Richard Marek Publishers, New York, 1981, P. 152.

[231] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, pp. 147-148.

[232] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, pp. 147-148.

[233] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, pp. 147-148.

[234] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, p. 148.

[235] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, p. 149.

[236] Whitley Strieber, Communion, A True Story, Avon Books, New York, New York, 1987, p. 20.

[237] Don Leger, Maritime UFO Files, Personal accounts taken from actual military and RCMP documents, Nimbus Publishing, Toronto, 1998, p. 152.

[238] Elia Wise, Letter to Earth, Who We Are Becoming, What We Need to Know, Harmony Books, New York, 2000, p. 215.

[239] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, Ballantine Books, New York, 1994, p. 421.

[240] Budd Hopkins, Missing Time, A Documented Study of UFO Abductions, Richard Marek Publishers, New York, 1981, p. 11.

[241] Col. Philip J. Corso, The Day After Roswell, Pocket Books, New York, NY, 1997, pp. 13-14.

[242] Col. Philip J. Corso, The Day After Roswell, Pocket Books, New York, NY, 1997, pp.14-16.

[243] Foreword by Jesse A. Marcel, to the book by Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. xi.

[244] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 72.

[245] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.

[246] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html

[247] Ken Eagle Feather, Traveling with Power, The Exploration and Development of Perception, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1992, p. 210.

[248] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 391.

[249] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, pp. 391-392.

[250] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 392.

[251] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.224.

[252] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.225.

[253] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.225.

[254] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.222.

[255] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p. 242.

[256] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, pp. 2-3.

[257] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.243.

[258] Maurice Cotterell, The Tutankhamun Prophecies, The Sacred Secret of the Mayas, Egyptians and Freemasons, Headline Books, London, 1999, pp. 168-169.

[259] Jose Arguelles, The Mayan Factor, Path Beyond Technology, Bear & Company, Santa Fe, New Mexico, 1987 & 1996, p. 224.

[260] Ivan T. Sanderson, Uninvited Visitors, Cowles Education Corporation, New York, New York, 1967, pp. 162-163.

[261] Peter Hough & Moyshe Kalman, The Truth About Alien Abductions, Blandford Books, London, 1997, p. 140.

[262] Joseph McMoneagle, The Ultimate Time Machine.  A Remote Viewer’s Perception of Time and Predictions for the New Millennium, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1998, p. 216.

[263] Neale Donald Walsch, Conversations with God, an uncommon dialogue, book 3, Hampton Roads Publishing Company Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1998, p. 324.

[264] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 117.

[265] Ruth Montgomery, The World to Come, The Guides Long Awaited Predictions for the Dawning Age, Harmony Books, New York, NY, 2000, pp. 90-91.

[266] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 125.

[267] Gregg Braden, Awakening to Zero Point, The Collective Initiation, Radio Bookstore Press, Bellevue, Washington, 1993 & 1997, p. xxi.

[268] Richard Saunder, Under Ground Bases and Tunnels, What is the government trying to hide?, Adventures Unlimited Press, Kempton, Illinois, 1995, pp. 104-105.

[269] J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord of the Rings, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 1954, 1994, pp. 321-322.

[270] J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord of the Rings, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 1954, 1994, p. 347.

[271] J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord of the Rings, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 1954, 1994, p. 347.

[272] Richard Saunder, Under Ground Bases and Tunnels, What is the government trying to hide?  Adventures Unlimited Press, Kempton, Illinois, 1995, pp. 113.

[273] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 316.

[274] Ken Eagle Feather, Traveling with Power, The Exploration and Development of Perception, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1992, p. 210.

[275] Reading from Donna Somerville, 02 June 2000.

[276] The Revelation of Jesus Christ to St. John, Chapter 12, Verses 7 to 8, The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments in the King James Version, Thomas Nelson Inc., Camden, New Jersey, 1970, p. 191.

[277] http://home.pix.za/js/js81/Channelings/Roger/hist6.htm.  P. 12.

[278] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, p. 351.

[279] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, p. 352.

[280] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, pp. 352-354.

[281] Robert Temple, The Sirius Mystery, New Evidence for Alien Contact 5,000 years ago, Arrow Books, London, 1999, p. 471.

[282] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 65.

[283] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, pp. 35-36.

[284] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, p. 36.

[285] Joseph McMoneagle, The Ultimate Time Machine.  A Remote Viewer’s Perception of Time and Predictions for the New Millennium, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1998, p. 256.

[286] Data extracted from a variety of books on Astronomy.

[287] John Gibbon, Unveiling the Edge of Time, Black Holes, White Holes, Wormholes, Three Rivers Press, Crown Publishers, Inc., Toronto, Ontario, 1992, p. 228.

[288] Ruth Montgomery, The World to Come, The Guides Long Awaited Predictions for the Dawning Age, Harmony Books, New York, NY, 2000, p. 89.

[289] Ruth Montgomery, The World to Come, The Guides Long Awaited Predictions for the Dawning Age, Harmony Books, New York, NY, 2000, pp. 89-90.

[290] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, pp. 382-383.

[291] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, pp. 371-372.

[292] Ruth Montgomery, The World to Come, The Guides Long Awaited Predictions for the Dawning Age, Harmony Books, New York, NY, 2000, p. 91.

[293] Gregg Braden, Awakening to Zero Point, The Collective Initiation, Radio Bookstore Press, Bellevue, Washington, 1993 & 1997, p. xxi.

[294] Eli Maor, June 8, 2004, Venus in Transit, Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 2000, pp. 164-165.

[295] The Book of Joshua, Chapter 10, Verses 11 to 14, The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments in the King James Version, Thomas Nelson Inc., Camden, New Jersey, 1970, p. 79.

 

[296] Timothy Good, Above Top Secret, The Worldwide UFO Cover-up, Quill, William Morrow, New York, NY, 1988, p. 442.

[297] Itzhak Bentov, Stalking The Wild Pendulum, On the Mechanics of Consciousness, Destiny Books, Rochester, Vermont, 1977, p. 167.

[298] John E. Mack, Abduction, Human Encounters With Aliens, Ballantine Books, New York, 1994, pp. 25-26.

[299] Phillip H. Krapf, The Contact Has Begun, The True Story of a Journalist’s Encounter with Alien Beings, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 1998, pp. 74-75.

[300] Ken Eagle Feather, Traveling with Power, The Exploration and Development of Perception, Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., Charlottesville, VA, 1992, p. 207.

[301] Shirly Andrews, Atlantis, Insights From a Lost Civilization, Llewllyn Publications, St Paul, MN, 1999, p. 243.

[302] Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot, A Vision of the Human Future in Space, Random House, New York, NY, 1994, p. 376.

[303] Nick Pope, Open Skies, Closed Minds, For the First Time a Government UFO Expert Speaks Out, A Dell Book, Random House Inc., New York, NY, 1998, pp. 259-260.

[304] Fred Heeren, Show Me God, What the Message from Space is Telling Us about God, Day Star Publications, Wheeling, Illinois, 1995, p. 202.

[305] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 126.

[306] Christopher Knight and Robert Lomas, Uriel’s Machine, Uncovering the Secrets of Stonehenge, Noah’s Flood and the Dawn of Civilization.  The Prehistoric Technology that Survived the Flood, Element Books, Boston, Massachusetts, 1999, p. 23.

[307] Michael Hessemann & Philip Manthe, Beyond Roswell, The Alien Autopsy Film, Area 51 & the US Government Cover-up of UFO’s, Marlowe and Company, New York, NY, 1997, p. 78.

[308] Richard F. Haines, CE-5 Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind, Sourcebooks Incorporated, Napierville, Illinois, 1999, p. 136.

[309] Personal interview with a colleague, Spring 1996.

[310] Elia Wise, Letter to Earth, Who We Are Becoming, What We Need to Know, Harmony Books, New York, 2000, p. 203.

[311] Whitley Strieber, Communion, A True Story, Avon Books, New York, New York, 1987, p. 101.

[312] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, p. 52.

[313] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 158.

[314] Mark Lehner, The Complete Pyramids, Thames and Hudson, 1997, pp. 108, 122, 134.

[315] J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord of the Rings, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 1954, 1994, p. 347.

[316] http://hawk.hama-med.ac.jp/dbk/chnpyramid.html.  Chinese Pyramids, Some Basic Information, pp. 1-2

[317] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, p. 53.

[318] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, p. 52.

[319] B. Ernest Frejer, The Edgar Cayce Companion; A Comprehensive Treatise of the Edgar Cayce Readings, ARE Press, Virginia Beach, Virginia, 1995, pp. 413-428.

[320] B. Ernest Frejer, The Edgar Cayce Companion; A Comprehensive Treatise of the Edgar Cayce Readings, ARE Press, Virginia Beach, Virginia, 1995, pp. 413-428.

[321] B. Ernest Frejer, The Edgar Cayce Companion; A Comprehensive Treatise of the Edgar Cayce Readings, ARE Press, Virginia Beach, Virginia, 1995, pp. 413-428.

[322] B. Ernest Frejer, The Edgar Cayce Companion; A Comprehensive Treatise of the Edgar Cayce Readings, ARE Press, Virginia Beach, Virginia, 1995, pp. 413-428.

[323] Peter Tompkins, Secrets of the Great Pyramid, The adventures and discoveries of the explorers and scientists who, for two thousand years, have been probing the Mystery of the Great Pyramid of Cheops, Perennial Library, Harper & Row, New York, 1978, pp. 291-335.

[324] Peter Tompkins, Secrets of the Great Pyramid, The adventures and discoveries of the explorers and scientists who, for two thousand years, have been probing the Mystery of the Great Pyramid of Cheops, Perennial Library, Harper & Row, New York, 1978, pp. 291-335.

[325] B. Ernest Frejer, The Edgar Cayce Companion; A Comprehensive Treatise of the Edgar Cayce Readings, ARE Press, Virginia Beach, Virginia, 1995, pp. 413-428.

[326] Jim Marrs, Rule by Secrecy, The Hidden History that connects the Trilateral Commission, the Free Masons, and the Great Pyramid, Harper Collins Publishers, New York, New York, 2000, p. 400.

[327] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, p. 48.

[328] Gregg Braden, The Isaiah Effect, Decoding the Lost Science of Prayer and Prophecy, Harmony Books, New York, 2000, p. 218.

[329] Gregg Braden, The Isaiah Effect, Decoding the Lost Science of Prayer and Prophecy, Harmony Books, New York, 2000, p. 243.

[330] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 161

[331] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 161.

[332] Silvia Browne, God, Creation and Tools for Life, Hay House Inc., Carlsbad, California, 2000, p. 121.

[333] Adrian Gilbert, Signs in the Sky, Prophecies for the Birth of a New Age, Bantam Press, Toronto, 2000, p. 296.

[334] Herbie Brennan, The Atlantis Enigma, Berkeley Books, New York, 1999, p. 215.

[335] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.

[336] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.

[337] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.

[338] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.

[339] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.

[340] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.

[341] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.

[342] Michael Kurland, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Alpha Books, New York, NY, 1999, p. 140.

[343] Ruth Montgomery, The World to Come, The Guides Long Awaited Predictions for the Dawning Age, Harmony Books, New York, NY, 2000, pp. 91-92.

[344] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.249.

[345] Whitley Strieber, foreword for Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, pp. xii-xiii.

[346] Whitley Strieber, foreword for Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, p.xiii.

[347] http://www.ufomind.com/area51/people/lear/original.html.

[348] Reg T. Miller, Pyramid Truth Gateway Universe, The Purpose, Intent and Overview of Extraterrestrial Visitation, Pyra Publishing, Blue Hill, Maine, 1998, p. 319.

[349] Stanton T. Friedman, Top Secret/Majic, Marlowe & Company, New York, NY, 1996, pp.223.

[350] One of the titles I considered for this book was “The Collector,” but then that would have been about me, and this book is about the “Visitors.”

[351] Barbara Marciniak, Bringers of the Dawn, Teaching of the Pleiadians, Bear & Company, Inc., Santa Fe, NMN, 1992, p. 243.

[352] David Koerner & Simon LeVay, Here Be Dragons, The Scientific Quest for Extraterrestrial Life, Oxford University Press Inc., New York, NY, 2000, p. 246.

[353] Brian Green, The Elegant Universe, Superstrings, Hidden Dimensions, and the Quest for the Ultimate Theory, Vintage Books, Random House Inc, New York, 1999, pp. 279-280.

[354] Nick Begich & James Roderick, Earth Rising, The Revolution.  Toward a Thousand Years of Peace, Earthpulse Press, Anchorage, Alaska, 2000, pp. 279-280.

[355] Frank Herbert, Dune, Berkley Publishing Corporation, Chilton Book Company, Chilton Way, Radnor, Pennsylvania, 1965, p. 8.

[356] White Eagle, The Quiet Mind, Sayings of White Eagle, The White Eagle Publishing Trust, New Lands, Liss, Hampshire, England, 1972, p. 95.